{"title":"Snacks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShop snack foods for every craving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOur snack foods section is stocked with a wide variety of delicious and convenient snacks to satisfy your cravings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eWhether you want a quick pick-me-up or something to enjoy between meals, we have options for many tastes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBrowse chips, crunchy bites, and sweet treats with ease. These foods are simple to explore and easy to choose.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eYou can compare textures, flavors, and pack styles to find foods that match your routine. Some choices work well for lunch breaks. Others are great for sharing, travel, or late-night cravings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIf you search for fast food near me, this collection offers convenient choices to keep on hand at home or work.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIf you also look for chinese food near me, you may enjoy finding flavorful snacks here for a quick and satisfying break.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThis collection makes browsing simple. You can discover familiar favorites and new options in one place. It is an easy way to shop for everyday treats without overthinking your next pick.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"mcvities-dark-chocolate-digestives-300g-pack-of-5","title":"McVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestive Biscuits, 10.5 oz (300g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMcVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestive Biscuits is a 10.5 oz (300 g) pack of classic British wholemeal digestive biscuits topped with a layer of dark chocolate. It is the authentic UK-made pack, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMcVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestives: British Wholemeal Biscuits with Dark Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark chocolate topping\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth layer of dark chocolate over the crumbly digestive base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic wholemeal digestive\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lightly sweet, oaty wheat biscuit McVitie's has baked since 1892\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the United Kingdom\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same pack sold in British supermarkets, not a US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.5 oz (300 g) pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — roughly 24 to 26 biscuits per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTea-time favorite\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm biscuit built for dunking in tea or coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for the biscuit tin and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe with a cup of tea or coffee, chocolate side up, and dunk for a few seconds so the biscuit softens without falling apart. Crushed digestives make a classic cheesecake base, and a biscuit topped with a marshmallow makes a quick British-style s'more. Store the pack in a cool, dry cupboard and reseal or transfer to a tin after opening so the biscuits stay crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout McVitie's\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcVitie's traces its history to a Scottish bakery opened in Edinburgh in 1830 and launched the original Digestive in 1892 and the chocolate-topped version in 1925. Today McVitie's is owned by pladis and remains the best-selling biscuit brand in Britain. Find more British and European treats in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mcvities.co.uk\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emcvities.co.uk\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo McVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestives contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The biscuits contain wheat and milk, and the pack carries a notice that they may contain traces of nuts and soy from the bakery. Anyone with a gluten, dairy, or nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the pack before eating, since UK recipes and facility statements can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store McVitie's Digestives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the pack in a cool, dry cupboard between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and heat so the chocolate does not soften or bloom. After opening, fold the wrapper closed tightly or move the biscuits to an airtight tin. Stored this way they stay crisp for a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between dark and milk chocolate McVitie's Digestives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth use the same wholemeal digestive base and the same pack size. The dark chocolate version has a slightly bitter, more cocoa-forward topping that balances the sweetness of the biscuit, while the milk chocolate version is creamier and sweeter. Many British tea drinkers consider the dark variety the classic dunking biscuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these McVitie's biscuits imported from the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic British McVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestive in the original 300 g pack, baked in the United Kingdom, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same biscuit sold in British supermarkets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do McVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestives contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The biscuits contain wheat and milk, and the pack carries a notice that they may contain traces of nuts and soy from the bakery. Anyone with a gluten, dairy, or nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the pack before eating, since UK recipes and facility statements can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store McVitie's Digestives?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the pack in a cool, dry cupboard between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and heat so the chocolate does not soften or bloom. After opening, fold the wrapper closed tightly or move the biscuits to an airtight tin. Stored this way they stay crisp for a couple of weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between dark and milk chocolate McVitie's Digestives?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both use the same wholemeal digestive base and the same pack size. The dark chocolate version has a slightly bitter, more cocoa-forward topping that balances the sweetness of the biscuit, while the milk chocolate version is creamier and sweeter. Many British tea drinkers consider the dark variety the classic dunking biscuit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these McVitie's biscuits imported from the UK?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic British McVitie's Dark Chocolate Digestive in the original 300 g pack, baked in the United Kingdom, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same biscuit sold in British supermarkets.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"McVitie's","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42635151769791,"sku":"MCVITIES-DARKCHOC-300G-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45812474806463,"sku":"MCVITIES-DARKCHOC-300G-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45812474839231,"sku":"MCVITIES-DARKCHOC-300G-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/51N8ZOFk2JL_3a4bed44-73c9-441f-b8e2-0a5e1ecdc472.jpg?v=1777321521"},{"product_id":"sigdal-bakeri-simply-good-norwegian-crispbread-good-source-of-protein-fiber-non-gmo-contains-76-seeds-8-29-oz-235g-pack-of-4","title":"Sigdal Bakeri Norwegian Crispbread Simply Good 8.29 oz – 76% Seeds, Non-GMO, High Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003eSigdal Bakeri Simply Good Norwegian Crispbread is an 8.29 oz (235 g) box of Norwegian crispbread made with 76 percent whole seeds and kernels on an oatmeal and spelt bran base, as labeled non-GMO. It is the genuine imported product, available as a single box or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSigdal Bakeri Simply Good: 76 Percent Seed Norwegian Crispbread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e76 percent whole seeds and kernels\u003c\/strong\u003e — the highest seed content in the Sigdal crispbread range, as labeled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOatmeal and spelt bran base\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the crispbread its dense, hearty texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh fiber, high protein\u003c\/strong\u003e — as printed on the nutrition panel, from the seed and kernel content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries a non-GMO claim on the box, as labeled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.29 oz (235 g) box, made in Norway\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked by Sigdal Bakeri, a family bakery in the Sigdal valley since 1855\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for breakfast, snacking, and stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat the crispbread plain or topped with butter and cheese, cream cheese and smoked fish, mashed avocado, hummus, or nut butter, letting the seed-heavy texture carry a heavier spread than a thin cracker would. It also works crumbled over soup or a salad for crunch. Keep the box in a cool, dry cupboard; after opening, fold the inner bag closed or move the pieces to an airtight container so they stay crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Sigdal Bakeri\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSigdal Bakeri is a family-run bakery in the Sigdal valley of Norway that traces its roots to 1855 and specializes in knekkebrod, the traditional Norwegian crispbread. Simply Good is one of the bakery's higher-seed formulas, built for households that want a denser, more filling cracker. Browse more crackers and snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection or explore the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e range. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.sigdalbakeri.no\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esigdalbakeri.no\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Sigdal Bakeri Simply Good crispbread contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSigdal Bakeri Simply Good is built on an oatmeal and spelt bran base, so it contains gluten and is not suitable for a gluten-free diet. It also contains seeds such as sunflower and flax, a concern for a seed allergy. Read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I serve and store Simply Good crispbread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eServe it topped with butter and cheese, smoked fish, avocado, hummus, or nut butter, or break it into soup or a salad for texture. The dense seed content makes it satisfying on its own as a snack. Keep the box in a cool, dry cupboard away from moisture, and close the inner bag tightly after opening to keep it crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Simply Good different from Sigdal's Gluten Free Quinoa crispbread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSimply Good is built on an oatmeal and spelt bran base with 76 percent whole seeds, so it contains gluten and has a denser, heartier bite. The Gluten Free Quinoa crispbread swaps those grains for quinoa wholegrain, making it certified gluten-free with a lighter texture. Choose Simply Good for a heavier seed cracker and Quinoa when gluten-free is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Sigdal Bakeri Simply Good crispbread imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This crispbread is baked by Sigdal Bakeri in Norway and sold in the same 8.29 oz (235 g) box found in Norwegian grocery stores. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same product sold across Norway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Sigdal Bakeri Simply Good crispbread contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sigdal Bakeri Simply Good is built on an oatmeal and spelt bran base, so it contains gluten and is not suitable for a gluten-free diet. It also contains seeds such as sunflower and flax, a concern for a seed allergy. Read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I serve and store Simply Good crispbread?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Serve it topped with butter and cheese, smoked fish, avocado, hummus, or nut butter, or break it into soup or a salad for texture. The dense seed content makes it satisfying on its own as a snack. Keep the box in a cool, dry cupboard away from moisture, and close the inner bag tightly after opening to keep it crisp.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Simply Good different from Sigdal's Gluten Free Quinoa crispbread?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Simply Good is built on an oatmeal and spelt bran base with 76 percent whole seeds, so it contains gluten and has a denser, heartier bite. The Gluten Free Quinoa crispbread swaps those grains for quinoa wholegrain, making it certified gluten-free with a lighter texture. Choose Simply Good for a heavier seed cracker and Quinoa when gluten-free is required.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Sigdal Bakeri Simply Good crispbread imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This crispbread is baked by Sigdal Bakeri in Norway and sold in the same 8.29 oz (235 g) box found in Norwegian grocery stores. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same product sold across Norway.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Sigdal","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":44712585461951,"sku":"SIGDAL-SIMPLYGOOD-SINGLE","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45798478512319,"sku":"SIGDAL-SIMPLYGOOD-PACK3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45798478545087,"sku":"SIGDAL-SIMPLYGOOD-PACK6","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/sg1.jpg?v=1778966967"},{"product_id":"kettle-foods-air-fried-sea-salt-vinegar-potato-chips-crispy-snack-4-25-oz","title":"Kettle Brand Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Potato Chips, Crispy Snack, 4.25 oz (120 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eKettle Brand Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Potato Chips, 4.25 oz (120 g), are made with real potatoes and air fried for a lighter, crispier chip with 30 percent less fat than Kettle Brand's traditional chips, then finished with a tangy vinegar and sea salt flavor. It comes as a single bag or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKettle Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar: Lighter Chips, Bold Tangy Flavor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir fried, not deep fried\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lighter cooking process with 30 percent less fat than Kettle Brand's traditional chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBold sea salt and vinegar flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a pungent, tangy seasoning over a light, crispy chip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade with real potatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — no artificial preservatives, per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertified Gluten-Free and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.25 oz (120 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic single-bag format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for snacking or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and serve the chips as a stand-alone snack, or set them out with a bowl of ranch or onion dip for a lighter party spread. Keep the bag sealed with a clip after opening and store it in a cool, dry pantry to help the chips stay crisp. Read the printed label for the current best-by date and full ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Kettle Brand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle Brand has been making kettle-cooked potato chips since 1982, known for bold seasoning and a distinctive crunch. The Air Fried line takes the same flavors and cooks them with less fat while keeping the signature Kettle taste. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.kettlebrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ekettlebrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Kettle Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe listed ingredients are potatoes, vegetable oil, vinegar powder, sea salt, and citric acid, with no major allergens named on the label, and the chips are Certified Gluten-Free. Facility and formula notices can still change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed bag label before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Kettle Air Fried chips really air fried, and are they lower in fat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These chips use an air frying process rather than traditional deep frying, which Kettle Brand states delivers 30 percent less fat than its classic potato chips while keeping a light, crispy texture and bold seasoning. Read the nutrition panel on the bag for the exact fat and calorie figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar flavor taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a bold, tangy vinegar flavor paired with classic sea salt, giving a pungent, sharp bite that fans of vinegar-style chips look for. The air-fried base keeps the texture light and crispy rather than heavy, so the seasoning is the main flavor driver in every chip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery unit is one 4.25 oz (120 g) bag of Kettle Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Potato Chips. Choose a Single bag to try it, or save with a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6 if it becomes a regular snack. All pack sizes ship from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Kettle Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The listed ingredients are potatoes, vegetable oil, vinegar powder, sea salt, and citric acid, with no major allergens named on the label, and the chips are Certified Gluten-Free. Facility and formula notices can still change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed bag label before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Kettle Air Fried chips really air fried, and are they lower in fat?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. These chips use an air frying process rather than traditional deep frying, which Kettle Brand states delivers 30 percent less fat than its classic potato chips while keeping a light, crispy texture and bold seasoning. Read the nutrition panel on the bag for the exact fat and calorie figures.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar flavor taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It has a bold, tangy vinegar flavor paired with classic sea salt, giving a pungent, sharp bite that fans of vinegar-style chips look for. The air-fried base keeps the texture light and crispy rather than heavy, so the seasoning is the main flavor driver in every chip.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Every unit is one 4.25 oz (120 g) bag of Kettle Air Fried Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Potato Chips. Choose a Single bag to try it, or save with a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6 if it becomes a regular snack. All pack sizes ship from our New Jersey warehouse.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Kettle Brand","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":44885822275775,"sku":"KETTLE-AIRFRIED-SEASALTVINEGAR-425OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001743397055,"sku":"KETTLE-AIRFRIED-SEASALTVINEGAR-425OZ-PACK3","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001743429823,"sku":"KETTLE-AIRFRIED-SEASALTVINEGAR-425OZ-PACK6","price":30.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/kettle.png?v=1778967203"},{"product_id":"snack-factory-pretzel-crisps-cheddar-cheese-7-2-oz-crunchy-baked-pretzel-snacks-with-cheddar-flavor","title":"Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese, 7.2 oz – Crunchy Baked Pretzel Snacks with Cheddar Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003eSnack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese is a 7.2 oz bag of thin, baked pretzel crackers seasoned with bold cheddar cheese flavor. It comes as a single bag, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSnack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese: Thin Baked Pretzels with Bold Flavor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaked, not fried\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pretzel crisps are baked for a thin, crunchy texture without deep-frying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBold cheddar cheese seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — a savory, cheesy coating on every crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin, flat shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — a sturdy cracker-like crisp built for dipping and topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.2 oz resealable bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a shareable size for snacking, lunchboxes, and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade with wheat flour and pretzel seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — a classic pretzel base with malted barley flavor beneath the cheddar coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile shape and size\u003c\/strong\u003e — works equally well plain, dipped, or as a base for small appetizer bites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe the crisps straight from the bag as a snack, or set them out with hummus, cream cheese, or spinach dip for a dipping platter. They also work well laid flat on a snack board topped with cheese, cured meats, or fruit preserves for a quick appetizer. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store at room temperature in a dry pantry to keep the crisps crunchy, and read the printed label for the most current ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Snack Factory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnack Factory created the original Pretzel Crisp, a thin, flat baked pretzel snack designed for dipping and topping rather than eating on its own like a traditional twisted pretzel. The brand has expanded into a range of seasoned flavors built on that same base recipe. Browse more crunchy options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.snackfactory.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esnackfactory.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSnack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese are made with wheat flour, so they contain wheat and are not suitable for a gluten-free diet. The cheddar seasoning also includes milk-based ingredients. Always read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before serving, since facility handling notes and formulas can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReseal the bag tightly after opening and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture to keep the crisps crunchy. Once opened, the crisps are best used within the timeframe noted on the printed label, since exposure to air can cause them to soften over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the cheddar cheese flavor different from the original Pretzel Crisps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe original Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps carry a plain, lightly salted pretzel flavor, while the cheddar cheese version adds a savory, cheesy seasoning coating over the same thin, baked pretzel base. The shape, size, and crunch are identical; the difference is entirely in the added seasoning layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size bag does Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReal Prime Deals carries Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese in a 7.2 oz bag, a shareable size suited to snacking at home, packing in lunchboxes, or setting out at a gathering. The resealable bag helps keep the remaining crisps crunchy between servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese are made with wheat flour, so they contain wheat and are not suitable for a gluten-free diet. The cheddar seasoning also includes milk-based ingredients. Always read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before serving, since facility handling notes and formulas can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture to keep the crisps crunchy. Once opened, the crisps are best used within the timeframe noted on the printed label, since exposure to air can cause them to soften over time.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes the cheddar cheese flavor different from the original Pretzel Crisps?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The original Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps carry a plain, lightly salted pretzel flavor, while the cheddar cheese version adds a savory, cheesy seasoning coating over the same thin, baked pretzel base. The shape, size, and crunch are identical; the difference is entirely in the added seasoning layer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size bag does Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Real Prime Deals carries Snack Factory Pretzel Crisps Cheddar Cheese in a 7.2 oz bag, a shareable size suited to snacking at home, packing in lunchboxes, or setting out at a gathering. The resealable bag helps keep the remaining crisps crunchy between servings.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Snack Factory","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45137984356543,"sku":"SNACKFACTORY-PRETZEL-CRISPS-CHEDDAR-72OZ","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/1_3c7ec770-45f5-4047-844b-23074e65b2c9.jpg?v=1778967462"},{"product_id":"sour-cream-and-onion-potato-chips-crispy-savory-snack-with-creamy-onion-flavor-classic-seasoned-chips-5-ounces-pack-of-15","title":"Kettle Brand Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Potato Chips, Kettle-Cooked, Gluten-Free, 5 oz (142 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eKettle Brand Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Potato Chips, 5 oz (142 g), are kettle-cooked in small batches from real skin-on potatoes for a thick, hearty crunch, then finished with a tangy sour cream and onion seasoning. It comes as a single bag or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKettle Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion: Thick, Kettle-Cooked Crunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKettle-cooked in small batches\u003c\/strong\u003e — a slower cooking process that produces a thick, hearty crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTangy sour cream and onion seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet dairy tang balanced with savory onion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade with real potatoes, skins on\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertified Gluten-Free and Kosher Dairy\u003c\/strong\u003e — and Non-GMO Project Verified, per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 oz (142 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic single-bag format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for snacking or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and serve the chips on their own, or set them out with a chilled dip for a heartier snack spread. Reseal the bag with a clip after opening and keep it in a cool, dry pantry to help the chips stay crisp. Read the printed label for the current best-by date and full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Kettle Brand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle Brand has been making kettle-cooked potato chips since 1982, using small-batch cooking to produce a thicker chip with more pronounced crunch than conventional fried chips. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.kettlebrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ekettlebrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Kettle Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Potato Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The formula contains milk, from ingredients such as whey powder, buttermilk, sour cream, and nonfat dry milk, and the chips are Certified Gluten-Free. Anyone with a milk allergy or dairy sensitivity should read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the bag before eating, since formulas can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Kettle Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Chips gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are Certified Gluten-Free and made from potatoes, oil, and a sour cream and onion seasoning blend without wheat or other gluten-containing ingredients on the label. Anyone with celiac disease or gluten sensitivity should still confirm current details on the printed bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Kettle Brand chips different from regular potato chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKettle Brand chips are kettle-cooked in small batches, a slower process than conventional frying that produces a thicker, crunchier chip with a more pronounced potato flavor. The skins are left on the potatoes, which adds texture and a slightly rustic look to each chip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the bag, and what pack sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnce opened, reseal the bag with a clip and keep it in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and sunlight to help the chips stay crisp. Every unit is one 5 oz (142 g) bag, available as a Single bag, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, all shipped from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Kettle Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Potato Chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The formula contains milk, from ingredients such as whey powder, buttermilk, sour cream, and nonfat dry milk, and the chips are Certified Gluten-Free. Anyone with a milk allergy or dairy sensitivity should read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the bag before eating, since formulas can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Kettle Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Chips gluten-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. They are Certified Gluten-Free and made from potatoes, oil, and a sour cream and onion seasoning blend without wheat or other gluten-containing ingredients on the label. Anyone with celiac disease or gluten sensitivity should still confirm current details on the printed bag.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Kettle Brand chips different from regular potato chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Kettle Brand chips are kettle-cooked in small batches, a slower process than conventional frying that produces a thicker, crunchier chip with a more pronounced potato flavor. The skins are left on the potatoes, which adds texture and a slightly rustic look to each chip.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store the bag, and what pack sizes are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Once opened, reseal the bag with a clip and keep it in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and sunlight to help the chips stay crisp. Every unit is one 5 oz (142 g) bag, available as a Single bag, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, all shipped from our New Jersey warehouse.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Kettle Brand","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45151507972287,"sku":"KETTLE-SOURCREAMONION-5OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001742414015,"sku":"KETTLE-SOURCREAMONION-5OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001742446783,"sku":"KETTLE-SOURCREAMONION-5OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/a_d0900d07-1962-437f-aa3c-1db0f85e9f70.jpg?v=1778967542"},{"product_id":"joyfull-parmesan-crisps-oven-baked-cheese-snack-crunchy-low-carb-high-protein-snack-gluten-free-3-oz-bag","title":"Joyfull Parmesan Crisps – Oven-Baked Cheese Snack, Crunchy Low-Carb High-Protein Snack, Gluten Free, 3 oz Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eJoyfull Parmesan Crisps is a 3 oz bag of oven-baked cheese crisps made with real parmesan, offering a low-carb, gluten-free snack with a satisfying crunch. It is available as a Single, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eJoyfull Parmesan Crisps: Low-Carb, Gluten-Free Baked Cheese Snack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal parmesan cheese\u003c\/strong\u003e — bold, concentrated cheese flavor in every crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOven-baked, not fried\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lighter profile with a satisfying crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-carb and high-protein\u003c\/strong\u003e — made mainly from cheese, so it fits low-carb and keto-style eating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — made without wheat, barley, or rye\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e — good for snacking, charcuterie boards, salads, and soups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-serving or shareable size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the crisps straight from the bag, or serve alongside salads, soups, or a cheese and charcuterie board. Crumble a few over a bowl of soup or a Caesar salad in place of croutons. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store in a cool, dry place to help keep the crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Joyfull Bakery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoyfull Bakery bakes its parmesan crisps rather than frying them, aiming for a light, crunchy snack built from real parmesan cheese. The 3 oz bag format is designed for snacking on its own or pairing with salads, soups, and charcuterie boards. Browse more options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.joyfullbakery.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ejoyfullbakery.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Joyfull Parmesan Crisps contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This snack is made from parmesan cheese and contains milk. It may be produced in a facility that also handles other allergens such as egg or tree nuts. Anyone with a dairy allergy or lactose sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Joyfull Parmesan Crisps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly or transfer the crisps to an airtight container to help them stay crunchy, and finish the bag within about a week of opening for the best texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Joyfull Parmesan Crisps a good keto or low-carb snack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJoyfull Parmesan Crisps are made mainly from baked parmesan cheese, which keeps the carbohydrate content low and the protein content relatively high compared with a starch-based chip. They can fit a low-carb or ketogenic eating pattern, but anyone tracking macros closely should read the nutrition panel on the bag, since exact values can vary between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and pack options are available for Joyfull Parmesan Crisps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJoyfull Parmesan Crisps ship as a 3 oz bag, available as a Single. The 3 oz size works for a single serving on its own or for sharing at a small gathering, and it is sized to fit easily in a pantry alongside other snack bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Joyfull Parmesan Crisps contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This snack is made from parmesan cheese and contains milk. It may be produced in a facility that also handles other allergens such as egg or tree nuts. Anyone with a dairy allergy or lactose sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Joyfull Parmesan Crisps?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly or transfer the crisps to an airtight container to help them stay crunchy, and finish the bag within about a week of opening for the best texture and flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Joyfull Parmesan Crisps a good keto or low-carb snack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Joyfull Parmesan Crisps are made mainly from baked parmesan cheese, which keeps the carbohydrate content low and the protein content relatively high compared with a starch-based chip. They can fit a low-carb or ketogenic eating pattern, but anyone tracking macros closely should read the nutrition panel on the bag, since exact values can vary between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size and pack options are available for Joyfull Parmesan Crisps?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Joyfull Parmesan Crisps ship as a 3 oz bag, available as a Single. The 3 oz size works for a single serving on its own or for sharing at a small gathering, and it is sized to fit easily in a pantry alongside other snack bags.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Joyfull Bakery","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45169298636991,"sku":"JOYFULL-BAKERY-PARMESAN-CRISPS-3OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_c46e4b17-1674-43db-99f3-a7bd8d04020c.jpg?v=1778967575"},{"product_id":"kettle-brand-backyard-barbeque-kettle-chips-2-oz-snack-bag-kettle-cooked-potato-chips-with-smoky-bbq-flavor","title":"Kettle Brand Backyard Barbeque Kettle Chips, 2 oz Snack Bag, Kettle-Cooked Potato Chips with Smoky BBQ Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003eKettle Brand Backyard Barbeque Kettle Chips, 2 oz bag, are kettle-cooked in small batches from real potatoes for a thick, hearty crunch, then coated with a smoky-sweet barbecue seasoning. The 2 oz size is a convenient single-serve portion for lunches, travel, or snacking on the go, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKettle Backyard Barbeque: Smoky-Sweet BBQ Seasoning, Small-Batch Crunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKettle-cooked in small batches\u003c\/strong\u003e — a slower cooking process that produces a thick, hearty crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoky-sweet barbecue seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bold spice blend with notes of molasses and smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade with real potatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertified Gluten-Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 oz bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a convenient single-serve portion for lunches, travel, or snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic backyard BBQ flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a well-rounded, American-style barbecue profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and enjoy the chips as a grab-and-go snack with lunch, at your desk, or on a road trip. Once opened, the small size is best finished in one sitting; if any is left, reseal the bag with a clip and store it in a cool, dry pantry. Read the printed label for the current best-by date and full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Kettle Brand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle Brand has been kettle-cooking potato chips since 1982, using a small-batch process and bold seasonings to produce chips with a distinctive crunch and robust flavor. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.kettlebrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ekettlebrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Kettle Backyard Barbeque Kettle Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chips are Certified Gluten-Free and made with real potatoes and a barbecue spice blend. The full current ingredient and allergen statement, including any soy or milk-derived seasoning components, is printed on the bag, and anyone with a food allergy should check it before eating, since formulas can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Kettle Backyard Barbeque Chips gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are Certified Gluten-Free and made with quality potatoes and bold spices without wheat or other gluten-containing ingredients on the label. Anyone with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity should still confirm current details directly on the printed bag before eating, since notices can be updated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Backyard Barbeque flavor taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a smoky-sweet barbecue seasoning with notes of molasses and smoke over Kettle Brand's thick, small-batch chip. The flavor is bold and well-rounded, closer to a classic American backyard barbecue rub than a simple sweet BBQ coating, and it pairs well with sandwiches, burgers, or a packed lunch on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Kettle Backyard Barbeque bag, and how should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach bag is a 2 oz single-serve portion, sized for one lunch, snack break, or trip. Once opened, reseal the bag with a clip and keep it in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight to help the chips stay crisp until you finish them, ideally the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Kettle Backyard Barbeque Kettle Chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The chips are Certified Gluten-Free and made with real potatoes and a barbecue spice blend. The full current ingredient and allergen statement, including any soy or milk-derived seasoning components, is printed on the bag, and anyone with a food allergy should check it before eating, since formulas can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Kettle Backyard Barbeque Chips gluten-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. They are Certified Gluten-Free and made with quality potatoes and bold spices without wheat or other gluten-containing ingredients on the label. Anyone with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity should still confirm current details directly on the printed bag before eating, since notices can be updated.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the Backyard Barbeque flavor taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It has a smoky-sweet barbecue seasoning with notes of molasses and smoke over Kettle Brand's thick, small-batch chip. The flavor is bold and well-rounded, closer to a classic American backyard barbecue rub than a simple sweet BBQ coating, and it pairs well with sandwiches, burgers, or a packed lunch on the go.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size is the Kettle Backyard Barbeque bag, and how should I store it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each bag is a 2 oz single-serve portion, sized for one lunch, snack break, or trip. Once opened, reseal the bag with a clip and keep it in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight to help the chips stay crisp until you finish them, ideally the same day.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Kettle Brand","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45179896234175,"sku":"KETTLE-BRAND-BACKYARD-BARBEQUE-CHIPS-2OZ-SINGLE","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/a_b0e5e003-aeb2-4d93-be9b-1a421da21993.jpg?v=1778967723"},{"product_id":"dolcetto-vanilla-rolled-wafers-3-oz-85g-crispy-wafer-cookies-with-creamy-vanilla-filling","title":"Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers, 3 oz (85g), Crispy Wafer Cookies with Creamy Vanilla Filling","description":"\u003cp\u003eDolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers is a 3 oz (85 g) canister of crispy rolled wafer cookies filled with smooth vanilla cream, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers: Crispy Cream-Filled Wafer Cookies\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy rolled wafer shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light, delicate shell with a satisfying, crunchy snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth vanilla cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — fills the center of each rolled wafer for balanced sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElegant rolled shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — works as a coffee-table snack or a simple dessert garnish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz (85 g) canister\u003c\/strong\u003e — a resealable canister sized for snacking or gift-giving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean-style recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — a wafer format common to Italian and other European bakeries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking up or sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the wafers straight from the canister alongside espresso, cappuccino, or tea, or use them as a garnish on ice cream and mousse. Keep the canister sealed and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Read the printed label for exact ingredient and allergen details, since recipes can occasionally change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Dolcetto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDolcetto is an Italian-style wafer line found in specialty and gourmet food shops, known for its rolled wafer shape filled with a smooth cream center. The Vanilla variety is one of several flavors sold under the Dolcetto name through specialty confectionery distributors. Browse more sweet snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. See current listings at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nassaucandy.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enassaucandy.com\u003c\/a\u003e, a specialty distributor that carries the Dolcetto line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRolled wafer cookies like this one are typically made with wheat flour and may contain milk, soy, or egg depending on the cream filling used. Exact allergen statements can vary by production run, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the canister before eating, rather than relying on the flavor name alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the canister sealed and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and strong odors, which wafers can absorb. Once opened, reclose the lid tightly between servings to keep the wafers crisp rather than letting them soften from air exposure. A dry cupboard shelf works better than a spot near the stove or a window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers good with coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The light, crispy shell and smooth vanilla cream filling make these wafers a natural match for espresso, cappuccino, or a cup of tea, similar to other European-style wafer cookies. They also work as a simple garnish on ice cream or a mousse-based dessert when a little extra crunch is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers come in a 3 oz (85 g) canister available as a Single, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The multi-packs are a convenient way to stock the pantry, keep a canister at the office, or have extras on hand for guests without reordering right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Rolled wafer cookies like this one are typically made with wheat flour and may contain milk, soy, or egg depending on the cream filling used. Exact allergen statements can vary by production run, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the canister before eating, rather than relying on the flavor name alone.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the canister sealed and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and strong odors, which wafers can absorb. Once opened, reclose the lid tightly between servings to keep the wafers crisp rather than letting them soften from air exposure. A dry cupboard shelf works better than a spot near the stove or a window.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers good with coffee?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The light, crispy shell and smooth vanilla cream filling make these wafers a natural match for espresso, cappuccino, or a cup of tea, similar to other European-style wafer cookies. They also work as a simple garnish on ice cream or a mousse-based dessert when a little extra crunch is wanted.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pack sizes are available for Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Dolcetto Vanilla Rolled Wafers come in a 3 oz (85 g) canister available as a Single, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The multi-packs are a convenient way to stock the pantry, keep a canister at the office, or have extras on hand for guests without reordering right away.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Dolcetto","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45183094194367,"sku":"DOLCETTO-VANILLA-3OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45812572979391,"sku":"DOLCETTO-VANILLA-3OZ-PACK3","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45812573012159,"sku":"DOLCETTO-VANILLA-3OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/z6.jpg?v=1778967785"},{"product_id":"unique-snacks-pretzel-splits-original-extra-crunchy-pretzel-shells-snack-11-oz-bag","title":"Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits, Original Extra-Crunchy Pretzel Shells Snack, 11 oz Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eUnique Snacks Pretzel Splits is an 11 oz bag of extra-crunchy pretzels made with a special baking process that splits each piece open, creating airy pockets and a deeply baked, lightly salted flavor. This listing is a single bag, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUnique Snacks Pretzel Splits: Extra-Crunchy Split-Baked Pretzels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-open baking process\u003c\/strong\u003e — each pretzel opens during baking, creating airy pockets and extra crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeply baked\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bold, toasted pretzel flavor throughout, not a lightly baked pretzel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightly salted\u003c\/strong\u003e — a balanced savory taste that lets the toasted pretzel flavor lead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds up to dipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — the sturdy, crunchy shell works well with hummus, mustard, or cheese dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 oz bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a generous size for snacking, sharing, and party bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Pennsylvania\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced using a traditional kettle pretzel process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat straight from the bag as a snack, or set them out with hummus, mustard dip, cheese spreads, or guacamole for a snack board. Keep the bag sealed or clipped shut between servings and store in a cool, dry pantry to keep the extra-crunchy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Unique Snacks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnique Snacks has been baking pretzels using a traditional kettle process for generations, based in Pennsylvania where pretzel-baking culture runs deep. The Pretzel Splits are the brand's signature item, deliberately split open during baking to create their shatteringly crunchy, airy shell. Browse more snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.uniquesnacks.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003euniquesnacks.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnique Snacks Pretzel Splits are a wheat-based pretzel, so the bag contains wheat. Always read the printed label on the bag for the complete ingredient and allergen statement before eating, since facility notices for shared equipment can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed with a clip or fold the top over tightly and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Because the pretzels are deeply baked and extra crunchy, keeping air out of the bag helps them hold their crisp texture longer once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits different from regular pretzels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pretzel is deliberately split open during baking, creating airy pockets and a distinctly extra-crunchy shell that standard pretzels don't have. They are also deeply baked for a bold, toasted pretzel flavor and lightly salted, so the toasted taste leads rather than the salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnique Snacks Pretzel Splits are made in Pennsylvania, a region with a long history of pretzel baking, using a traditional kettle process combined with the brand's special split-baking technique. The 11 oz bag is a generous size for everyday snacking, sharing with a group, or filling a party snack bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits are a wheat-based pretzel, so the bag contains wheat. Always read the printed label on the bag for the complete ingredient and allergen statement before eating, since facility notices for shared equipment can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed with a clip or fold the top over tightly and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Because the pretzels are deeply baked and extra crunchy, keeping air out of the bag helps them hold their crisp texture longer once opened.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits different from regular pretzels?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each pretzel is deliberately split open during baking, creating airy pockets and a distinctly extra-crunchy shell that standard pretzels don't have. They are also deeply baked for a bold, toasted pretzel flavor and lightly salted, so the toasted taste leads rather than the salt.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Unique Snacks Pretzel Splits are made in Pennsylvania, a region with a long history of pretzel baking, using a traditional kettle process combined with the brand's special split-baking technique. The 11 oz bag is a generous size for everyday snacking, sharing with a group, or filling a party snack bowl.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Unique Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45208753864895,"sku":"UNIQUE-SNACKS-PRETZEL-SPLITS-11OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_10.jpg?v=1778967890"},{"product_id":"joyfull-bakery-crisps-parmesan-original-baked-cheese-crisps-snack-with-savory-parmesan-flavor-3-oz","title":"Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original, Baked Cheese Crisps Snack with Savory Parmesan Flavor, 3 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eJoyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original is a 3 oz bag of oven-baked cheese crisps made with real parmesan for a savory, crunchy snack. It is available as a Single, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eJoyfull Bakery Parmesan Original: Oven-Baked Cheese Crisps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal parmesan cheese\u003c\/strong\u003e — the crisps are made from parmesan for a bold, savory cheese flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOven-baked, not fried\u003c\/strong\u003e — produces a light, airy crunch without a heavy oil coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile pairing\u003c\/strong\u003e — works alongside salads, soups, dips, and charcuterie boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnackable on its own\u003c\/strong\u003e — a crunchy, cheese-forward alternative to a traditional chip or cracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-serving or shareable size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — made without wheat, barley, or rye\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and enjoy the crisps on their own, or serve alongside a bowl of soup, a salad, or a cheese and charcuterie board. Crumble a few over a Caesar salad in place of croutons. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store in a cool, dry place to help keep the crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Joyfull Bakery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoyfull Bakery bakes its parmesan crisps rather than frying them, aiming for a light, crunchy snack built from real parmesan cheese. The 3 oz bag format is designed for snacking on its own or pairing with salads, soups, and charcuterie boards. Browse more options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.joyfullbakery.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ejoyfullbakery.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This snack is made from parmesan cheese and contains milk. It may be produced in a facility that also handles other allergens such as egg or tree nuts. Anyone with a dairy allergy or lactose sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly or transfer the crisps to an airtight container to help them stay crunchy, and finish the bag within about a week of opening for the best texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve with Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese baked crisps work well on their own as a snack, or alongside soups, salads, hummus, and antipasto spreads. They also hold up well as a crunchy topping for a Caesar salad or as a garnish on a bowl of tomato soup, used in place of croutons or crackers for a cheesier bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and pack options are available for Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJoyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original ships as a 3 oz bag, available as a Single. The 3 oz size works for a single serving on its own or for sharing at a small gathering, and it is sized to fit easily in a pantry alongside other snack bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This snack is made from parmesan cheese and contains milk. It may be produced in a facility that also handles other allergens such as egg or tree nuts. Anyone with a dairy allergy or lactose sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly or transfer the crisps to an airtight container to help them stay crunchy, and finish the bag within about a week of opening for the best texture and flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What can I serve with Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These baked crisps work well on their own as a snack, or alongside soups, salads, hummus, and antipasto spreads. They also hold up well as a crunchy topping for a Caesar salad or as a garnish on a bowl of tomato soup, used in place of croutons or crackers for a cheesier bite.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size and pack options are available for Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Joyfull Bakery Crisps Parmesan Original ships as a 3 oz bag, available as a Single. The 3 oz size works for a single serving on its own or for sharing at a small gathering, and it is sized to fit easily in a pantry alongside other snack bags.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Joyfull Bakery","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45208814649535,"sku":"JOYFULL-BAKERY-CRISPS-PARMESAN-3OZ-SINGLE","price":9.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_13.jpg?v=1778967894"},{"product_id":"jayone-crunchy-rice-snack-light-crispy-korean-style-rice-crackers-snack-2-8-oz","title":"Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack, Light Crispy Korean-Style Rice Crackers Snack, 2.8 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eJayone Crunchy Rice Snack is a 2.8 oz pack of light, crispy Korean-style rice crackers made from real rice for a clean, toasted grain flavor. This listing is a single pack, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eJayone Crunchy Rice Snack: Light, Crispy Korean-Style Rice Crackers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from real rice\u003c\/strong\u003e — a simple, grain-based snack rather than a fried or heavily processed cracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight, airy texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — a crisp crunch without a heavy, oily bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild toasted grain flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — subtly savory and clean-tasting rather than strongly seasoned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKorean-style snack format\u003c\/strong\u003e — inspired by traditional Korean rice-based crackers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGood for lunchboxes and travel\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light snack that suits desks, bags, and tea time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.8 oz pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — a convenient single-serving size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat straight from the pack as a light snack on its own, alongside tea or coffee, or as a crunchy side to soups and salads. Reseal the pack tightly after opening and store in a cool, dry place to keep the texture crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Jayone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJayone Foods specializes in Korean and other Asian grocery products for households across the US. Its Crunchy Rice Snack draws on the tradition of Korean rice-based crackers, a simple snack format that has been part of the region's food culture for generations. Browse more snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.jayonefoods.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ejayonefoods.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJayone Crunchy Rice Snack is made primarily from rice, but packaged snack foods can be processed on shared equipment with soy, wheat, or other allergens. Always read the printed label on the pack for the complete ingredient and allergen statement before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReseal the pack tightly or transfer any unfinished portion to an airtight container and store it in a cool, dry pantry. Because the crackers are light and airy, keeping air out helps them hold their crisp texture rather than turning soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJayone Crunchy Rice Snack has a mild, toasted rice flavor that is subtly savory rather than heavily seasoned. The texture is light and airy with a satisfying crunch, similar in spirit to traditional Korean rice-based snacks, and it pairs well with tea or a light meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJayone Crunchy Rice Snack comes in a 2.8 oz pack, a convenient single-serving size suited to lunchboxes, office desks, or on-the-go snacking between meals. The lightweight bag is easy to toss into a bag or lunchbox without taking up much space or adding much weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack is made primarily from rice, but packaged snack foods can be processed on shared equipment with soy, wheat, or other allergens. Always read the printed label on the pack for the complete ingredient and allergen statement before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Reseal the pack tightly or transfer any unfinished portion to an airtight container and store it in a cool, dry pantry. Because the crackers are light and airy, keeping air out helps them hold their crisp texture rather than turning soft.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack has a mild, toasted rice flavor that is subtly savory rather than heavily seasoned. The texture is light and airy with a satisfying crunch, similar in spirit to traditional Korean rice-based snacks, and it pairs well with tea or a light meal.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size is Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Jayone Crunchy Rice Snack comes in a 2.8 oz pack, a convenient single-serving size suited to lunchboxes, office desks, or on-the-go snacking between meals. The lightweight bag is easy to toss into a bag or lunchbox without taking up much space or adding much weight.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Jayone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45210552271039,"sku":"JAYONE-CRUNCHY-RICE-SNACK-28OZ-SINGLE","price":6.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_2_bb585717-df8e-4cfd-9618-01834644e517.jpg?v=1778967909"},{"product_id":"moon-cheese-pepper-jack-crunchy-100-cheese-snack-gluten-free-high-protein-cheese-bites-2-oz","title":"Moon Cheese Pepper Jack, Crunchy 100% Real Cheese Snack, 2 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eMoon Cheese Pepper Jack is a 2 oz bag of crunchy, baked snack made from 100 percent real Pepper Jack cheese, with no fillers, flour, or artificial ingredients. It comes in the single 2 oz bag, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMoon Cheese Pepper Jack: 100 Percent Real Cheese Snack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent real cheese\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pepper Jack cheese is the only ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added carbs\u003c\/strong\u003e — no fillers, flour, or starch mixed in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — no gluten-containing ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh protein\u003c\/strong\u003e — real cheese protein in every bite, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeto-friendly profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — low carbohydrate, higher protein and fat, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 oz resealable bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for snacking, lunch boxes, or on-the-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat Moon Cheese straight from the bag as a crunchy snack, or crumble it over salads and soups for a savory, cheesy topping. Reseal the bag between servings and keep it at room temperature, away from direct heat and humidity, to preserve the crunch. Once opened, finish the bag within a few days for the best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Moon Cheese\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoon Cheese makes crunchy snacks from real cheese using a baking process that removes moisture while concentrating flavor, with no corn, flour, or artificial ingredients added. The brand focuses on simple, one-ingredient snacks suited to gluten-free, keto, and high-protein diets. Browse more better-for-you snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mooncheese.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emooncheese.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Moon Cheese Pepper Jack contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Moon Cheese Pepper Jack is made from real cheese, so it contains milk. The label is the best source for facility-sharing notices, since baked cheese snacks are sometimes produced on lines that also handle other allergens. Read the printed ingredient panel before serving anyone with a dairy allergy or sensitivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Moon Cheese Pepper Jack after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed and stored at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, heat, and humidity, which can soften the crunch. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly between snacking and try to finish it within a few days for the best texture. Refrigeration is not required for an unopened or freshly opened bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Moon Cheese different from typical cheese puffs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStandard cheese puffs are usually corn- or wheat-based snacks with cheese flavoring added on top. Moon Cheese instead starts with real Pepper Jack cheese as its only ingredient and bakes out the moisture to create the crunch, so the flavor and protein come directly from the cheese rather than a coating or seasoning powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Moon Cheese made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMoon Cheese is produced in the United States from real cheese using the brand's baking process. For the exact manufacturing facility and any current allergen or facility-sharing notices, check the printed label on the bag, since production details can change between runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Moon Cheese Pepper Jack contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Moon Cheese Pepper Jack is made from real cheese, so it contains milk. The label is the best source for facility-sharing notices, since baked cheese snacks are sometimes produced on lines that also handle other allergens. Read the printed ingredient panel before serving anyone with a dairy allergy or sensitivity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Moon Cheese Pepper Jack after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed and stored at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, heat, and humidity, which can soften the crunch. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly between snacking and try to finish it within a few days for the best texture. Refrigeration is not required for an unopened or freshly opened bag.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Moon Cheese different from typical cheese puffs?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Standard cheese puffs are usually corn- or wheat-based snacks with cheese flavoring added on top. Moon Cheese instead starts with real Pepper Jack cheese as its only ingredient and bakes out the moisture to create the crunch, so the flavor and protein come directly from the cheese rather than a coating or seasoning powder.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Moon Cheese made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Moon Cheese is produced in the United States from real cheese using the brand's baking process. For the exact manufacturing facility and any current allergen or facility-sharing notices, check the printed label on the bag, since production details can change between runs.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Moon Cheese","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45228243681471,"sku":"MOONCHEESE-PEPPERJACK-2OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_baf41952-b579-4d24-917f-fc093bf8447b.jpg?v=1778967985"},{"product_id":"terra-plantain-sea-salt-chips-crispy-plantain-chips-with-sea-salt-gluten-free-snack-5-oz-12-pack","title":"Terra Plantain Chips, Sea Salt, Non-GMO, Gluten-Free, 5 oz (142 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTerra Plantain Chips, Sea Salt is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of thinly sliced green plantain chips cooked to a crisp, hearty crunch with just sunflower oil and sea salt. It's a Non-GMO, gluten-free snack with a naturally sweet-savory flavor, sold as a Single bag or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTerra Plantain Chips: Three-Ingredient Sea Salt Crunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree real ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — green plantain, sunflower oil, and sea salt — nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally sweet-savory flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — from ripe green plantain sliced thin and cooked to a hearty crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fats or cholesterol\u003c\/strong\u003e — a straightforward alternative to potato chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free, Non-GMO, and Kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for a range of dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 5 oz (142 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and serve straight from the pantry as a stand-alone snack, alongside a sandwich, or with a dip like guacamole or black bean salsa, since the sea salt flavor pairs well with citrus and spice. Once opened, press the air out, fold or clip the bag closed, and keep it in a cool, dry place to preserve the crunch; plantain chips are best eaten within a week or two of opening for peak texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Terra Chips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerra Chips was founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who wanted a chip built from unusual, real vegetables rather than potatoes alone. That focus on sourcing diverse root vegetables and fruits is still the brand's signature, and Terra now makes more than 20 varieties and flavors. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.terrachips.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eterrachips.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Terra Plantain Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Plantain Chips are made from green plantain, sunflower oil, and sea salt, with no cereal grains or their derivatives in the recipe as currently formulated. Some Terra products use coconut oil in place of sunflower oil, so anyone with a tree nut or coconut sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Terra Plantain Chips after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and store it the same way to help the chips stay crisp. For the best crunch and flavor, plan to finish an opened bag within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Terra Plantain Chips taste like, and how is it different from Terra's root vegetable chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlantain Chips have a naturally sweet-savory flavor from green plantain finished simply with sea salt, giving a hearty, dense crunch. Terra's other blends, like Sweets \u0026amp; Beets or the Exotic mix, are made from thinly sliced root vegetables such as sweet potato and beet instead of plantain, giving them a lighter, more varied texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Terra Plantain Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Plantain Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded by two New York chefs over 20 years ago. The green plantains used in the recipe are sourced from tropical growing regions; check the printed label on the bag for the current facility and origin details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Terra Plantain Chips contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Plantain Chips are made from green plantain, sunflower oil, and sea salt, with no cereal grains or their derivatives in the recipe as currently formulated. Some Terra products use coconut oil in place of sunflower oil, so anyone with a tree nut or coconut sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Terra Plantain Chips after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and store it the same way to help the chips stay crisp. For the best crunch and flavor, plan to finish an opened bag within a week or two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does Terra Plantain Chips taste like, and how is it different from Terra's root vegetable chips?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Plantain Chips have a naturally sweet-savory flavor from green plantain finished simply with sea salt, giving a hearty, dense crunch. Terra's other blends, like Sweets \u0026 Beets or the Exotic mix, are made from thinly sliced root vegetables such as sweet potato and beet instead of plantain, giving them a lighter, more varied texture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Where are Terra Plantain Chips made?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Plantain Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded by two New York chefs over 20 years ago. The green plantains used in the recipe are sourced from tropical growing regions; check the printed label on the bag for the current facility and origin details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Terra Chips","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45254454476991,"sku":"TERRA-PLANTAINSEASALT-5OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001748672703,"sku":"TERRA-PLANTAINSEASALT-5OZ-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001748705471,"sku":"TERRA-PLANTAINSEASALT-5OZ-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_11_671ca87c-443b-4794-8f8d-798b531c0ece.jpg?v=1778968047"},{"product_id":"terra-sweets-beets-chips-sweet-potato-and-beet-vegetable-chips-5-oz-12-pack","title":"Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Vegetable Chips, Non-GMO, Gluten-Free, 5 oz (142 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTerra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Vegetable Chips is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of thinly sliced sweet potato and beet chips cooked to a crisp, colorful crunch with no salt added. It's a vegan, Non-GMO, gluten-free snack with a naturally earthy-sweet flavor, sold as a Single bag or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTerra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets: Vegan Root Vegetable Chips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet potato and beet blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sliced thin and cooked for a vibrant, earthy-sweet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo salt added\u003c\/strong\u003e — the natural sweetness of the vegetables carries the flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fats or cholesterol\u003c\/strong\u003e — a straightforward alternative to potato chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan, gluten-free, Non-GMO, and Kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for a range of dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 5 oz (142 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe straight from the bag as a colorful snack on its own, alongside a cheese board, or with a dip like hummus or French onion, since the earthy sweetness pairs well with tangy and savory flavors. Once opened, press out excess air, fold or clip the bag closed, and store it in a cool, dry place to keep the chips from turning stale or soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Terra Chips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerra Chips was founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who wanted a chip built from unusual, real vegetables rather than potatoes alone. That focus on sourcing diverse root vegetables and fruits is still the brand's signature, and Terra now makes more than 20 varieties and flavors. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.terrachips.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eterrachips.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Terra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Chips are made from a blend of sweet potatoes, beets, and expeller pressed vegetable oil, with no major allergens currently listed on the label. Because seasonings and oils on root vegetable chips can shift between production runs, anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Terra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Chips after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and store it the same way to help the chips hold their crunch. For the best texture and flavor, plan to finish an opened bag within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat vegetables are in Terra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Chips, and how are they different from Terra's other blends?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis bag is a two-vegetable blend of sweet potato and beet, sliced thin and cooked with no salt added for a naturally earthy-sweet flavor and deep red-orange color. Terra's Exotic blend adds taro, parsnip, and yuca for more variety, while flavors like Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion use a root vegetable base with an added savory seasoning coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Terra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details for your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Chips contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Chips are made from a blend of sweet potatoes, beets, and expeller pressed vegetable oil, with no major allergens currently listed on the label. Because seasonings and oils on root vegetable chips can shift between production runs, anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Chips after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and store it the same way to help the chips hold their crunch. For the best texture and flavor, plan to finish an opened bag within a week or two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What vegetables are in Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Chips, and how are they different from Terra's other blends?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This bag is a two-vegetable blend of sweet potato and beet, sliced thin and cooked with no salt added for a naturally earthy-sweet flavor and deep red-orange color. Terra's Exotic blend adds taro, parsnip, and yuca for more variety, while flavors like Sour Cream \u0026 Onion use a root vegetable base with an added savory seasoning coating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Where are Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Chips made?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details for your batch.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Terra Chips","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45259001266367,"sku":"TERRA-SWEETSBEETS-5OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001748771007,"sku":"TERRA-SWEETSBEETS-5OZ-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001748803775,"sku":"TERRA-SWEETSBEETS-5OZ-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_5e1ccf2b-828c-42a3-bcc9-10bc1f55e134.jpg?v=1778968058"},{"product_id":"terra-exotic-vegetable-chips-blend-crispy-root-vegetable-chips-snack-5-oz-12-pack","title":"Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips Blend, Non-GMO, Gluten-Free, 5.5 oz (156 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTerra Exotic Vegetable Chips Blend is a 5.5 oz (156 g) bag bringing together thinly sliced taro, sweet potato, parsnip, yuca, and batata (Cuban sweet potato) cooked into a crunchy, colorful mix. It's a vegan, Non-GMO, gluten-free snack sold as a Single bag or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTerra Exotic Vegetable Chips: A Five-Vegetable Root Blend\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive-vegetable blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — taro, sweet potato, parsnip, yuca, and batata (Cuban sweet potato)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSourced from diverse growers\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rotating mix of root vegetables for varied color and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fats or cholesterol\u003c\/strong\u003e — a straightforward alternative to potato chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan, gluten-free, and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — also Kosher, suitable for a range of dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 5.5 oz (156 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe straight from the bag as a colorful grab-bag snack, alongside a cheese or charcuterie board, or with a dip like guacamole or salsa, since the mix of root vegetables offers a range of textures and sweetness in every handful. Once opened, press out excess air, fold or clip the bag closed, and store it in a cool, dry place to keep the chips crisp rather than stale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Terra Chips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerra Chips was founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who wanted a chip built from unusual, real vegetables rather than potatoes alone. That focus on sourcing diverse root vegetables and fruits is still the brand's signature, and Terra now makes more than 20 varieties and flavors. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.terrachips.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eterrachips.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips Blend contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Exotic Vegetable Chips Blend is made from a seasonal mix of root vegetables — taro, sweet potato, batata, yuca, and parsnip — along with vegetable oil, sea salt, and beet juice concentrate for color, with no major allergens currently listed. Because the mix can shift between production runs, read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and store it the same way to help the chips hold their crunch. For the best texture, plan to finish an opened bag within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat vegetables are in the Terra Exotic blend, and how is it different from Terra's Sweets \u0026amp; Beets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Exotic blend includes taro, sweet potato, parsnip, yuca, and batata (Cuban sweet potato) for a five-vegetable grab-bag of color and flavor. Terra Sweets \u0026amp; Beets is a simpler two-vegetable chip made only from sweet potato and beet with no salt added, so the Exotic blend has more variety per bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Exotic Vegetable Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables from a rotating group of growers. Check the printed label on the bag for facility and sourcing details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips Blend contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips Blend is made from a seasonal mix of root vegetables — taro, sweet potato, batata, yuca, and parsnip — along with vegetable oil, sea salt, and beet juice concentrate for color, with no major allergens currently listed. Because the mix can shift between production runs, read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and store it the same way to help the chips hold their crunch. For the best texture, plan to finish an opened bag within a week or two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What vegetables are in the Terra Exotic blend, and how is it different from Terra's Sweets \u0026 Beets?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The Exotic blend includes taro, sweet potato, parsnip, yuca, and batata (Cuban sweet potato) for a five-vegetable grab-bag of color and flavor. Terra Sweets \u0026 Beets is a simpler two-vegetable chip made only from sweet potato and beet with no salt added, so the Exotic blend has more variety per bag.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Where are Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips made?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Exotic Vegetable Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables from a rotating group of growers. Check the printed label on the bag for facility and sourcing details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Terra Chips","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45259005231295,"sku":"TERRA-EXOTICBLEND-55OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001745428671,"sku":"TERRA-EXOTICBLEND-55OZ-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001745461439,"sku":"TERRA-EXOTICBLEND-55OZ-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_2_61025c5a-2678-4ae0-89ef-151a58c33418.jpg?v=1778968059"},{"product_id":"terra-vegetable-chips-sour-cream-onion-crispy-root-vegetable-chips-5-oz","title":"Terra Vegetable Chips, Sour Cream \u0026 Onion, Non-GMO, Gluten-Free, 5 oz (142 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTerra Vegetable Chips, Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of thinly sliced sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato chips coated in a tangy sour cream and onion seasoning. It's a Non-GMO, gluten-free snack with a bold, savory crunch, sold as a Single bag or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTerra Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion: Bold Root Vegetable Chips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot vegetable blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato sliced thin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTangy sour cream \u0026amp; onion seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a bold, savory coating on every chip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fats or cholesterol\u003c\/strong\u003e — a straightforward alternative to potato chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — also Kosher, suitable for a range of dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 5 oz (142 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe straight from the bag as a snack on its own or alongside sandwiches and burgers, since the sour cream and onion coating pairs well with grilled or smoky flavors. Once opened, press out excess air, fold or clip the bag closed, and store it in a cool, dry place away from strong odors, which can be absorbed by the seasoning coating over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Terra Chips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerra Chips was founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who wanted a chip built from unusual, real vegetables rather than potatoes alone. That focus on sourcing diverse root vegetables and fruits is still the brand's signature, and Terra now makes more than 20 varieties and flavors. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.terrachips.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eterrachips.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Terra Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This product contains milk from organic sour cream powder, whey, and whey protein concentrate used in the seasoning, so it is not dairy-free. It is currently listed as free from egg and soy, but seasoning blends can change, so anyone with a milk allergy or dairy sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Terra Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Chips after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and keep it away from strong-smelling foods, since the seasoning coating can pick up other odors. For the best crunch, finish an opened bag within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat vegetables are in Terra Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Chips, and how do they compare to the Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar flavor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis flavor uses a blend of sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato coated in a tangy sour cream and onion seasoning for a bold, creamy-savory bite. Terra's Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar chips use a similar base plus taro instead of potato, seasoned with vinegar powder and sea salt for a brighter, tangier flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Terra Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Terra Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Chips contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This product contains milk from organic sour cream powder, whey, and whey protein concentrate used in the seasoning, so it is not dairy-free. It is currently listed as free from egg and soy, but seasoning blends can change, so anyone with a milk allergy or dairy sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Terra Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Chips after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and keep it away from strong-smelling foods, since the seasoning coating can pick up other odors. For the best crunch, finish an opened bag within a week or two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What vegetables are in Terra Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Chips, and how do they compare to the Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar flavor?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This flavor uses a blend of sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato coated in a tangy sour cream and onion seasoning for a bold, creamy-savory bite. Terra's Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar chips use a similar base plus taro instead of potato, seasoned with vinegar powder and sea salt for a brighter, tangier flavor.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Where are Terra Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Chips made?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Terra Chips","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45259009360063,"sku":"TERRA-SOURCREAMONION-5OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001748902079,"sku":"TERRA-SOURCREAMONION-5OZ-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001748934847,"sku":"TERRA-SOURCREAMONION-5OZ-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_3_ac2d5409-cc9b-4af3-b516-ddb5b4d515e2.jpg?v=1778968061"},{"product_id":"terra-vegetable-chips-sea-salt-vinegar-crispy-root-vegetable-chips-5-oz","title":"Terra Vegetable Chips, Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar, Non-GMO, Gluten-Free, 5 oz (142 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTerra Vegetable Chips, Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of thinly sliced sweet potato, batata, taro, and parsnip chips coated in a tangy vinegar and sea salt seasoning. It's a Non-GMO, gluten-free snack with a bright, zesty crunch, sold as a Single bag or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTerra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar: Zesty Root Vegetable Chips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot vegetable blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet potato, batata, taro, and parsnip sliced thin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTangy vinegar \u0026amp; sea salt seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a bright, zesty coating on every chip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fats or cholesterol\u003c\/strong\u003e — a straightforward alternative to potato chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — also Kosher, suitable for a range of dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 5 oz (142 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe straight from the bag as a tangy snack on its own or alongside a sandwich, since the vinegar and sea salt seasoning cuts through rich or fatty foods. Once opened, press out excess air, fold or clip the bag closed, and store it in a cool, dry place away from strong odors, which can be absorbed by the seasoning coating over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Terra Chips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerra Chips was founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who wanted a chip built from unusual, real vegetables rather than potatoes alone. That focus on sourcing diverse root vegetables and fruits is still the brand's signature, and Terra now makes more than 20 varieties and flavors. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.terrachips.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eterrachips.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Terra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Chips are made from a blend of root vegetables, expeller pressed vegetable oil, vinegar powder, sea salt, and citric acid, with no major allergens currently listed. Some Terra products carry a may-contain sunflower seed note, so anyone with a seed allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Terra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Chips after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and keep it away from strong-smelling foods, since the seasoning coating can pick up other odors. For the best crunch, finish an opened bag within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat vegetables are in Terra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Chips, and how do they compare to the Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion flavor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis flavor uses a blend of sweet potato, batata, taro, and parsnip coated in tangy vinegar powder and sea salt for a bright, zesty bite. Terra's Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion chips swap taro for potato and use a creamy sour cream and onion seasoning instead, giving that flavor a milder, savory profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Terra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Sea Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Terra Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Chips contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Chips are made from a blend of root vegetables, expeller pressed vegetable oil, vinegar powder, sea salt, and citric acid, with no major allergens currently listed. Some Terra products carry a may-contain sunflower seed note, so anyone with a seed allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Terra Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Chips after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and keep it away from strong-smelling foods, since the seasoning coating can pick up other odors. For the best crunch, finish an opened bag within a week or two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What vegetables are in Terra Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Chips, and how do they compare to the Sour Cream \u0026 Onion flavor?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This flavor uses a blend of sweet potato, batata, taro, and parsnip coated in tangy vinegar powder and sea salt for a bright, zesty bite. Terra's Sour Cream \u0026 Onion chips swap taro for potato and use a creamy sour cream and onion seasoning instead, giving that flavor a milder, savory profile.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Where are Terra Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Chips made?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Sea Salt \u0026 Vinegar Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Terra Chips","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45259018043583,"sku":"TERRA-SEASALTVINEGAR-5OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001749033151,"sku":"TERRA-SEASALTVINEGAR-5OZ-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001749065919,"sku":"TERRA-SEASALTVINEGAR-5OZ-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_5_5aa4ba4f-59ed-436b-9dbb-804c9c20a144.jpg?v=1778968064"},{"product_id":"nutella-biscuits-crispy-cookies-with-creamy-hazelnut-cocoa-filling-166g-tube-crunchy-biscuit-snacks","title":"Nutella Biscuits Crispy Cookies with Creamy Hazelnut Cocoa Filling 166g Tube – Crunchy Biscuit Snacks","description":"\u003cp\u003eNutella Biscuits is a 5.8 oz (166 g) tube of crispy baked biscuits filled with creamy hazelnut cocoa filling, ready to eat straight from the resealable tube with no spreading required. It comes as a single tube, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNutella Biscuits: Crispy Baked Shell With Creamy Hazelnut Cocoa Filling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy golden biscuit shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — a baked outer layer with a light crunch in every bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreamy hazelnut cocoa filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth center with the familiar hazelnut and cocoa flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to eat\u003c\/strong\u003e — no spreading or preparation needed, unlike jarred Nutella spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable tube\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 5.8 oz (166 g) tube that reseals to help keep remaining biscuits fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoughly 10 to 12 biscuits per tube\u003c\/strong\u003e — a shareable count suited to a coffee break or lunchbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade by Ferrero\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Italian confectionery group behind Nutella and Ferrero Rocher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the tube and eat the biscuits straight away, with coffee, tea, or on their own as a snack. No spreading, heating, or refrigeration is needed. After opening, reseal the tube to help keep the remaining biscuits from going stale, and store it in a cool, dry pantry rather than the refrigerator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Nutella\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutella Biscuits extend the familiar Nutella hazelnut cocoa flavor into a baked, ready-to-eat biscuit format. They are made by Ferrero, the Italian confectionery company also known for Ferrero Rocher and Kinder, which has produced Nutella spread since the 1960s. Explore more sweet snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nutella.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enutella.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Nutella Biscuits contain common allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Nutella Biscuits contain milk, soy, and wheat\/gluten, and are made with hazelnuts as a core ingredient, so they are not suitable for anyone with a nut, dairy, or gluten allergy. Always read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the tube before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should Nutella Biscuits be stored once the tube is opened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the tube in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat and sunlight; refrigeration is not needed for this baked biscuit. Reseal the plastic tube after opening to keep the remaining biscuits crisp, and finish the pack within a couple of weeks for the best texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many biscuits are in a 5.8 oz (166 g) Nutella Biscuits tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 5.8 oz (166 g) Nutella Biscuits tube contains roughly 10 to 12 individually filled biscuits, though the exact count can vary slightly by production batch. Each biscuit pairs a crisp baked shell with a creamy hazelnut cocoa center, so read the printed label for the specific count on your tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nutella Biscuits the same as spreading Nutella on a cookie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Nutella Biscuits are ready-to-eat baked biscuits with the hazelnut cocoa filling already sealed inside, so there is no spreading or prep involved. A cookie topped with jarred Nutella spread has a softer, more open texture, while the biscuit format gives a crisp shell with a defined creamy center in every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Nutella Biscuits contain common allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Nutella Biscuits contain milk, soy, and wheat\/gluten, and are made with hazelnuts as a core ingredient, so they are not suitable for anyone with a nut, dairy, or gluten allergy. Always read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the tube before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should Nutella Biscuits be stored once the tube is opened?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store the tube in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat and sunlight; refrigeration is not needed for this baked biscuit. Reseal the plastic tube after opening to keep the remaining biscuits crisp, and finish the pack within a couple of weeks for the best texture and flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many biscuits are in a 5.8 oz (166 g) Nutella Biscuits tube?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 5.8 oz (166 g) Nutella Biscuits tube contains roughly 10 to 12 individually filled biscuits, though the exact count can vary slightly by production batch. Each biscuit pairs a crisp baked shell with a creamy hazelnut cocoa center, so read the printed label for the specific count on your tube.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Nutella Biscuits the same as spreading Nutella on a cookie?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Nutella Biscuits are ready-to-eat baked biscuits with the hazelnut cocoa filling already sealed inside, so there is no spreading or prep involved. A cookie topped with jarred Nutella spread has a softer, more open texture, while the biscuit format gives a crisp shell with a defined creamy center in every bite.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nutella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45314543321279,"sku":"NUTELLA-BISCUITS-CRISPY-COOKIES-166G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/31IdUuMgGFL._SY300_SX300_QL70_FMwebp.webp?v=1778968192"},{"product_id":"effie-s-homemade-walnut-biscuits-with-cranberry-fennel-artisan-sweet-crackers-7-2-oz","title":"Effie’s Homemade Walnut Biscuits with Cranberry \u0026 Fennel, Artisan Sweet Crackers, 7.2 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eEffie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits with Cranberry \u0026amp; Fennel is a 7.2 oz (204 g) box of lightly sweet, artisan-style crackers baked in small batches with toasted walnuts, tart cranberries, and aromatic fennel seeds. It comes as a single box, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEffie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits: Small-Batch Crackers with Walnuts, Cranberry \u0026amp; Fennel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToasted walnuts, cranberries \u0026amp; fennel seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e — a balanced blend of nutty richness, tart sweetness, and aromatic fennel in every bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightly sweet, crisp texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — artisan small-batch baking for a delicate, consistent crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for cheese boards \u0026amp; charcuterie\u003c\/strong\u003e — pairs well with brie, aged cheddar, blue cheese, and fruit preserves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGourmet standalone snack\u003c\/strong\u003e — satisfying on its own with tea, coffee, or wine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.2 oz (204 g) box\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single small-batch box crafted by Effie's Homemade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked with real walnuts, cranberries, and fennel rather than artificial flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe alongside soft cheeses such as brie or camembert, aged cheddar, or blue cheese, and round out the board with cured meats, honey, and fresh fruit. Enjoy on their own as a refined snack with tea or wine, or top a cracker with cream cheese and smoked salmon for an easy appetizer. Store in an airtight container after opening to keep the crackers crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Effie's Homemade\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEffie's Homemade is an artisan bakery that crafts biscuits and crackers in small batches using time-honored recipes and quality ingredients. Inspired by home baking traditions, the brand focuses on bold flavor combinations and honest ingredients for everyday snacking and entertaining. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.effieshomemade.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eeffieshomemade.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These crackers contain wheat and walnuts (tree nuts), and are baked in a facility that may also handle milk, soy, and other tree nuts. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the box in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and heat. Once opened, transfer any remaining crackers to an airtight container or resealable bag to protect their delicate crunch. Stored this way, the crackers stay fresh and crisp for several weeks, and they do not need refrigeration before or after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits pair best with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese lightly sweet crackers pair beautifully with soft cheeses like brie or camembert, aged cheddar, and blue cheese on a cheese board, or with cured meats and fruit preserves in a charcuterie spread. They are equally satisfying on their own with tea or coffee, or topped with cream cheese as an easy appetizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size box does Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEffie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits with Cranberry and Fennel come in a single 7.2 oz (204 g) box. Each box holds a small-batch run of crisp, artisan-style crackers made with toasted walnuts, tart cranberries, and fennel seeds, ready to serve straight from the box on a cheese board or as a standalone snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. These crackers contain wheat and walnuts (tree nuts), and are baked in a facility that may also handle milk, soy, and other tree nuts. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the box in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and heat. Once opened, transfer any remaining crackers to an airtight container or resealable bag to protect their delicate crunch. Stored this way, the crackers stay fresh and crisp for several weeks, and they do not need refrigeration before or after opening.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What do Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits pair best with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These lightly sweet crackers pair beautifully with soft cheeses like brie or camembert, aged cheddar, and blue cheese on a cheese board, or with cured meats and fruit preserves in a charcuterie spread. They are equally satisfying on their own with tea or coffee, or topped with cream cheese as an easy appetizer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size box does Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Effie's Homemade Walnut Biscuits with Cranberry and Fennel come in a single 7.2 oz (204 g) box. Each box holds a small-batch run of crisp, artisan-style crackers made with toasted walnuts, tart cranberries, and fennel seeds, ready to serve straight from the box on a cheese board or as a standalone snack.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Effie's Homemade","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45410794733759,"sku":"EFFIES-HOMEMADE-WALNUT-BISCUITS-72OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_89557533-2a51-42c1-9069-65f251338fb4.jpg?v=1778968571"},{"product_id":"briannas-sweet-onion-croutons-crispy-baked-salad-topping-with-savory-flavor-5-oz","title":"Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons, Crispy Baked Salad Topping with Savory Flavor, 5 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBriannas Sweet Onion Croutons is a 5 oz bag of crispy baked croutons seasoned with a rich, savory sweet onion flavor, made for topping salads, soups, and casseroles. It is available as a single bag or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBriannas Sweet Onion Croutons: Crispy Baked Topping with Savory Onion Flavor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet onion seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — a savory, slightly sweet coating baked onto every crouton piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy baked texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — light, airy crunch that holds up under dressing and soup broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBread-based croutons\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked from bread cubes, so the bag contains wheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile topping\u003c\/strong\u003e — works on green salads, Caesar salad, soups, pasta salads, and casseroles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 oz resealable bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard topping-size bag for regular salad and soup use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScatter a handful over green salads, Caesar salad, or pasta salad right before serving so the croutons stay crisp. Float a few on top of tomato soup, French onion soup, or cream soups for texture, or crush lightly over casseroles as a breadcrumb-style topping. Keep the bag sealed in a cool, dry pantry, and reseal it tightly with a clip after opening to keep the croutons from going soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Briannas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBriannas Fine Salad Dressings built its name on restaurant-style bottled dressings sold in US grocery stores, and later extended the brand into salad-adjacent pantry items like these croutons. The Sweet Onion recipe carries the same savory flavor focus the brand is known for in its dressing line. Browse more grocery picks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.briannas.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebriannas.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These croutons are baked from bread, so the bag contains wheat, and other ingredients may include soy or dairy depending on the recipe. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or other food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since ingredient lists can change between production runs at the bakery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture, which can make baked croutons soft. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or transfer the croutons to an airtight container to protect the crunch. Use the croutons within a few weeks of opening for the best texture on salads and soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons for besides salad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeyond green salads and Caesar salad, these croutons work well floated on tomato soup, French onion soup, or cream of mushroom soup for added crunch. Crush them lightly and sprinkle over casseroles or baked pasta dishes as a topping, or toss a handful into a charcuterie board next to cheese and cured meats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size bag does Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBriannas Sweet Onion Croutons ships in a 5 oz resealable bag, sized for regular use as a salad and soup topping. It is available as a single bag or in packs of 3 and 6 bags for households that go through croutons quickly or want to stock the pantry ahead of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. These croutons are baked from bread, so the bag contains wheat, and other ingredients may include soy or dairy depending on the recipe. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or other food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since ingredient lists can change between production runs at the bakery.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture, which can make baked croutons soft. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or transfer the croutons to an airtight container to protect the crunch. Use the croutons within a few weeks of opening for the best texture on salads and soups.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What can I use Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons for besides salad?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Beyond green salads and Caesar salad, these croutons work well floated on tomato soup, French onion soup, or cream of mushroom soup for added crunch. Crush them lightly and sprinkle over casseroles or baked pasta dishes as a topping, or toss a handful into a charcuterie board next to cheese and cured meats.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size bag does Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Briannas Sweet Onion Croutons ships in a 5 oz resealable bag, sized for regular use as a salad and soup topping. It is available as a single bag or in packs of 3 and 6 bags for households that go through croutons quickly or want to stock the pantry ahead of time.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Briannas","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45413592531135,"sku":"BRIANNAS-SWEETONION-CROUTONS-5OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45798821429439,"sku":"BRIANNAS-SWEETONION-CROUTONS-5OZ-PACK3","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45798821462207,"sku":"BRIANNAS-SWEETONION-CROUTONS-5OZ-PACK6","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/6_15d32725-3ead-48d8-93da-9086dc443357.jpg?v=1778968616"},{"product_id":"dang-hot-sour-thai-rice-chips-crispy-asian-style-rice-chips-snack-3-5-oz","title":"Dang Hot \u0026 Sour Thai Rice Chips, Crispy Asian Style Rice Chips Snack, 3.5 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eDANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips is a 3.5 oz (99 g) bag of light, crispy rice chips seasoned with a bold, gluten-free tangy-and-spicy Thai-inspired blend. It comes as a single bag, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips: Gluten-Free, Thai-Inspired Snack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot \u0026amp; Sour Thai-inspired flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bold balance of tangy sour and spicy heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight, crispy rice chip texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — an airy crunch in every chip, made from rice rather than potato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from rice, a wheat-free alternative to traditional chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAsian-style seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — vibrant Southeast Asian flavor inspired by classic Thai cuisine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 oz (99 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a shareable size for solo snacking or gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold individually for easy trial or everyday restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy straight from the bag as a standalone snack, or pair with Thai-inspired dips like peanut sauce or sweet chili sauce. Crush lightly and use as a crunchy topping for noodle dishes, rice bowls, or salads. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Dang Foods\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDANG Foods was founded in 2012 in Berkeley, California with a focus on Asian-American flavors in the mainstream snack aisle. The brand builds bold, unique snacks inspired by Southeast Asian culinary traditions. The Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips carry that same tangy, spicy approach in a light, gluten-free format. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.dangfoods.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edangfoods.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes DANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese chips are made primarily from rice and are gluten-free, but the seasoning blend and shared production lines can involve soy or other allergens. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since seasoning formulas and facility handling notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store DANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and heat. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip, and finish the chips within a week or two for the best crispness and flavor. Refrigeration is not needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai flavor taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis flavor delivers a bold balance of tangy sourness and spicy heat inspired by classic Thai seasoning, layered over a light, airy rice chip base. It is more vibrant and complex than a typical potato chip, with a seasoning profile built around Southeast Asian-style flavor rather than standard salt or barbecue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre DANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These chips are made from rice rather than wheat, making them a gluten-free alternative to traditional potato or wheat-based snack chips. They come in a single 3.5 oz (99 g) bag, sized for solo snacking or sharing at a gathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does DANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These chips are made primarily from rice and are gluten-free, but the seasoning blend and shared production lines can involve soy or other allergens. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since seasoning formulas and facility handling notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store DANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and heat. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip, and finish the chips within a week or two for the best crispness and flavor. Refrigeration is not needed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai flavor taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This flavor delivers a bold balance of tangy sourness and spicy heat inspired by classic Thai seasoning, layered over a light, airy rice chip base. It is more vibrant and complex than a typical potato chip, with a seasoning profile built around Southeast Asian-style flavor rather than standard salt or barbecue.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are DANG Hot \u0026amp; Sour Thai Rice Chips gluten-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. These chips are made from rice rather than wheat, making them a gluten-free alternative to traditional potato or wheat-based snack chips. They come in a single 3.5 oz (99 g) bag, sized for solo snacking or sharing at a gathering.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Dang","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45413597380799,"sku":"DANG-HOT-SOUR-THAI-RICE-CHIPS-35OZ-SINGLE","price":11.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/10_d4cc5a48-a344-43de-b7cb-48450aed2bae.jpg?v=1778968619"},{"product_id":"deep-river-snacks-sweet-maui-onion-potato-chips-kettle-cooked-crispy-chips-2-oz","title":"Deep River Snacks Sweet Maui Onion Potato Chips, Kettle Cooked Crispy Chips, 2 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep River Snacks Sweet Maui Onion Potato Chips is a 2 oz single-serve bag of kettle-cooked potato chips seasoned with a bold, sweet-savory onion flavor inspired by Hawaii's Maui onions. Made with real potatoes and no artificial colors or flavors, it is shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDeep River Sweet Maui Onion: Kettle-Cooked Chips With Bold Sweet Onion Flavor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKettle-cooked texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — thick-cut potatoes fried in small batches for a heavier, crunchier snap than standard chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet Maui onion seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — a sweet-savory onion flavor coating inspired by Hawaii's Maui sweet onions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal potato ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from whole potatoes, oil, and seasoning, no fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors or flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — seasoning is built from real ingredients on the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 oz single-serve bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a portioned size for lunchboxes, desks, and on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep River Snacks brand\u003c\/strong\u003e — a Connecticut-based kettle chip maker known for bold, small-batch flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and enjoy the chips as they are, or pour them into a bowl for parties and game-day spreads. They pair well with sandwiches, burgers, and deli wraps as a crunchy side, and work as a topping crushed over casseroles or salads. Keep the bag sealed with a clip after opening and store at room temperature in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to keep the chips crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Deep River Snacks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep River Snacks is a Connecticut-based snack company known for kettle-cooked potato chips made in small batches with bold seasoning blends. The brand has built its lineup around distinct flavors like Sweet Maui Onion, using real potatoes and straightforward ingredient lists rather than artificial additives. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.deepriversnacks.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edeepriversnacks.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Deep River Sweet Maui Onion contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chips are made from potatoes, oil, and seasoning. As with any snack brand, ingredients and facility allergen notices can change between production runs, so read the printed label on the bag for the current allergen statement before eating, especially if you are managing a specific food allergy or sensitivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Deep River Sweet Maui Onion Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed and stored at room temperature in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat. Once opened, reseal the bag with a clip or transfer the chips to an airtight container and finish them within a few days to keep the kettle-cooked crunch from softening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Sweet Maui Onion different from other Deep River flavors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSweet Maui Onion is seasoned with a sweet-savory onion coating inspired by Hawaii's Maui sweet onions, giving it a milder, sweeter profile than Deep River's spicier or more savory flavors in the lineup. The kettle-cooked base and thick-cut texture stay the same across the brand's flavors, with the seasoning as the main difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Deep River Sweet Maui Onion made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDeep River Snacks is a Connecticut-based company, and this bag is packaged in the standard 2 oz single-serve size. It is not an imported product. Real Prime Deals ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Deep River Sweet Maui Onion contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The chips are made from potatoes, oil, and seasoning. As with any snack brand, ingredients and facility allergen notices can change between production runs, so read the printed label on the bag for the current allergen statement before eating, especially if you are managing a specific food allergy or sensitivity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Deep River Sweet Maui Onion Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed and stored at room temperature in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat. Once opened, reseal the bag with a clip or transfer the chips to an airtight container and finish them within a few days to keep the kettle-cooked crunch from softening.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Sweet Maui Onion different from other Deep River flavors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sweet Maui Onion is seasoned with a sweet-savory onion coating inspired by Hawaii's Maui sweet onions, giving it a milder, sweeter profile than Deep River's spicier or more savory flavors in the lineup. The kettle-cooked base and thick-cut texture stay the same across the brand's flavors, with the seasoning as the main difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Deep River Sweet Maui Onion made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Deep River Snacks is a Connecticut-based company, and this bag is packaged in the standard 2 oz single-serve size. It is not an imported product. Real Prime Deals ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Deep River Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45413732090047,"sku":"DEEP-RIVER-SNACKS-SWEET-MAUI-ONION-POTATO-2OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_4_f7af70eb-cc82-4ab3-9d8a-27850548978b.jpg?v=1778968635"},{"product_id":"eleni-s-new-york-chocolate-chip-cookies-box-crispy-sweet-snack-cookies-3-5-oz","title":"Eleni’s New York Chocolate Chip Cookies Box, Crispy Sweet Snack Cookies, 3.5 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eEleni's New York Chocolate Chip Cookies Box is a 3.5 oz box of crispy chocolate chip cookies baked with a buttery dough and rich chocolate chips, packaged in a gift-ready box. It ships fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEleni's New York Chocolate Chip Cookies: Crispy Bakery-Style Cookies in a Gift Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtery chocolate chip dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — a classic dough base studded with chocolate chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy, light texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked for a crisp bite rather than a soft, chewy one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift-ready box\u003c\/strong\u003e — a compact box designed for gifting as well as snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 oz portion\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for sharing, a snack box, or a small gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNew York bakery style\u003c\/strong\u003e — made by Eleni's New York, a NYC-based bakery known for packaged cookies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with hot drinks\u003c\/strong\u003e — a crisp texture suited to coffee, tea, or hot cocoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the cookies straight from the box with coffee, tea, or hot cocoa, or arrange them on a dessert platter for a gathering. For a warm, just-baked texture, place the cookies on a baking sheet and warm in the oven at 300°F for three to five minutes before serving. Store the box in a cool, dry place and reseal the packaging after opening to help keep the cookies crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Eleni's New York\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEleni's New York is a New York City bakery that started at Chelsea Market in 1998, known for its decorated and packaged cookies sold both in-store and online. The Chocolate Chip Cookies box represents one of the bakery's classic flavors, packaged for gifting or everyday snacking. Browse more baked snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.elenisnewyork.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eelenisnewyork.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Eleni's New York Chocolate Chip Cookies contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cookies are a wheat-flour, butter-based dough with chocolate chips, so they typically contain wheat, milk, soy, and egg. Bakeries commonly process nuts on shared equipment, so read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the box before serving, especially if anyone eating has a known food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Eleni's New York Chocolate Chip Cookies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and reseal the inner packaging after opening to help the cookies stay crisp. They are best enjoyed within the freshness window printed on the box rather than kept for extended periods once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Eleni's New York cookies good for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cookies come packaged in a compact, gift-ready box designed for sharing as well as everyday snacking. The box format makes it easy to hand off as a hostess gift, add to a gift basket, or send along with a card without needing extra packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Eleni's New York cookies made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEleni's New York is a New York City bakery, and this 3.5 oz box is its standard packaged retail size, not an imported product. Real Prime Deals ships every box from our New Jersey warehouse to customers across the US and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Eleni's New York Chocolate Chip Cookies contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These cookies are a wheat-flour, butter-based dough with chocolate chips, so they typically contain wheat, milk, soy, and egg. Bakeries commonly process nuts on shared equipment, so read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the box before serving, especially if anyone eating has a known food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Eleni's New York Chocolate Chip Cookies?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and reseal the inner packaging after opening to help the cookies stay crisp. They are best enjoyed within the freshness window printed on the box rather than kept for extended periods once opened.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Eleni's New York cookies good for gifting?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the cookies come packaged in a compact, gift-ready box designed for sharing as well as everyday snacking. The box format makes it easy to hand off as a hostess gift, add to a gift basket, or send along with a card without needing extra packaging.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Eleni's New York cookies made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Eleni's New York is a New York City bakery, and this 3.5 oz box is its standard packaged retail size, not an imported product. Real Prime Deals ships every box from our New Jersey warehouse to customers across the US and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Eleni's New York","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45414264799423,"sku":"ELENIS-NEW-YORK-CHOCOLATE-CHIP-COOKIES-35OZ-SINGLE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_5_61113a1b-2620-42bd-a26b-08ee2e45c26f.jpg?v=1778968666"},{"product_id":"loacker-quadratini-hazelnut-wafer-cookies-8-82-oz","title":"Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut Wafer Cookies, 8.82 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eLoacker Quadratini Hazelnut Wafer Cookies is an 8.82 oz (250 g) bag of bite-size Italian wafer squares filled with hazelnut cream, baked in the Dolomites since 1925. Shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLoacker Quadratini Hazelnut: Bite-Size Italian Wafer Cookies with Hazelnut Cream\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian hazelnut cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, nutty cream layered between crisp wafer sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBite-size Quadratini squares\u003c\/strong\u003e — Loacker's signature small wafer shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/strong\u003e — made without genetically modified ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalal certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified for Halal dietary requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial flavorings, colors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean-label ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.82 oz (250 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 9 servings of 8 cookies each, 150 calories per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the wafers straight from the bag as a snack, or pair them with coffee or tea for an afternoon break. They also work crushed over ice cream or as a crunchy base for a no-bake dessert. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from moisture and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Loacker\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoacker is a family-owned wafer and chocolate company founded in 1925 in the Dolomites of South Tyrol, Italy. The brand has built its wafer cookies around select ingredients and a clean-label approach, avoiding artificial flavorings, added colors, and preservatives across its Quadratini range. Browse more treats in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.loacker.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eloacker.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut wafer cookies contain hazelnuts, wheat, and milk, and the product is made in a facility that may handle other tree nuts. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since ingredient and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut wafer cookies once opened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed or transferred to an airtight container in a cool, dry pantry, away from direct sunlight and moisture. Because the wafers are thin and crisp, exposure to humidity can soften their texture, so reseal the bag tightly after each use and aim to finish an opened bag within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the hazelnut cream filling made from in Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is made with Italian hazelnuts blended into a smooth, nutty cream layered between crisp wafer sheets. It is Non-GMO Project Verified and Halal certified, made without artificial flavorings, added colors, or preservatives, giving a straightforward hazelnut flavor rather than a chocolate-forward one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many servings are in an 8.82 oz bag of Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 8.82 oz (250 g) bag contains about 9 servings, with each serving equal to 8 bite-size wafer squares at roughly 150 calories per serving. That makes it a shareable size for snacking, entertaining, or portioning into smaller bags for lunches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut wafer cookies contain hazelnuts, wheat, and milk, and the product is made in a facility that may handle other tree nuts. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since ingredient and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut wafer cookies once opened?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed or transferred to an airtight container in a cool, dry pantry, away from direct sunlight and moisture. Because the wafers are thin and crisp, exposure to humidity can soften their texture, so reseal the bag tightly after each use and aim to finish an opened bag within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the hazelnut cream filling made from in Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is made with Italian hazelnuts blended into a smooth, nutty cream layered between crisp wafer sheets. It is Non-GMO Project Verified and Halal certified, made without artificial flavorings, added colors, or preservatives, giving a straightforward hazelnut flavor rather than a chocolate-forward one.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many servings are in an 8.82 oz bag of Loacker Quadratini Hazelnut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 8.82 oz (250 g) bag contains about 9 servings, with each serving equal to 8 bite-size wafer squares at roughly 150 calories per serving. That makes it a shareable size for snacking, entertaining, or portioning into smaller bags for lunches.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Loacker","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45509667455167,"sku":"LOACKER-QUADRATINI-HAZELNUT-882OZ-SINGLE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_1deaf9a5-ca9f-47ec-9d78-e6add1752c3e.jpg?v=1778969438"},{"product_id":"loacker-quadratini-lemon-wafer-cookies-8-82-oz","title":"Loacker Quadratini Lemon Wafer Cookies, 8.82 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eLoacker Quadratini Lemon Wafer Cookies is an 8.82 oz (250 g) bag of bite-size Italian-style wafer squares filled with real lemon cream, made in Austria since 1925. Shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLoacker Quadratini Lemon: Bite-Size Wafer Cookies with Real Lemon Cream\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e74% lemon cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with real lemon juice powder and lemon peel essential oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBite-size Quadratini squares\u003c\/strong\u003e — Loacker's signature small wafer shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo colorings or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean-label ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnbleached wheat flour and natural vanilla pods\u003c\/strong\u003e — used in the crisp wafer layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains wheat, eggs, and milk\u003c\/strong\u003e — see the printed label for full allergen details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.82 oz (250 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 9 servings of 8 cookies each, 150 calories per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the wafers straight from the bag as a light snack, alongside coffee, espresso, or tea. They also work crushed as a crust for a lemon cheesecake bar or crumbled over vanilla ice cream. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store it in a cool, dry pantry away from moisture and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Loacker\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoacker is a family-owned wafer and chocolate company founded in 1925 in the Dolomites of South Tyrol. The brand has built its wafer cookies around select ingredients and a clean-label approach, avoiding added colorings and preservatives across its Quadratini range. Browse more treats in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.loacker.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eloacker.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Loacker Quadratini Lemon contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Loacker Quadratini Lemon wafer cookies contain wheat, eggs, and milk, and the product is made in a facility that may handle other allergens. Anyone with a gluten, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since ingredient and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Loacker Quadratini Lemon wafer cookies once opened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed or transferred to an airtight container in a cool, dry pantry, away from direct sunlight and moisture. Because the wafers are thin and crisp, exposure to humidity can soften their texture, so reseal the bag tightly after each use and aim to finish an opened bag within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat gives Loacker Quadratini Lemon its citrus flavor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 74% cream filling is made with real lemon juice powder and lemon peel essential oil rather than an artificial lemon flavoring, layered between crisp wafer sheets made with unbleached wheat flour, coconut oil, and natural vanilla pods. It is made without added colorings or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many servings are in an 8.82 oz bag of Loacker Quadratini Lemon?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 8.82 oz (250 g) bag contains about 9 servings, with each serving equal to 8 bite-size wafer squares at roughly 150 calories per serving. That makes it a shareable size for snacking, entertaining, or pairing with coffee or tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Loacker Quadratini Lemon contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Loacker Quadratini Lemon wafer cookies contain wheat, eggs, and milk, and the product is made in a facility that may handle other allergens. Anyone with a gluten, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since ingredient and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Loacker Quadratini Lemon wafer cookies once opened?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed or transferred to an airtight container in a cool, dry pantry, away from direct sunlight and moisture. Because the wafers are thin and crisp, exposure to humidity can soften their texture, so reseal the bag tightly after each use and aim to finish an opened bag within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gives Loacker Quadratini Lemon its citrus flavor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 74% cream filling is made with real lemon juice powder and lemon peel essential oil rather than an artificial lemon flavoring, layered between crisp wafer sheets made with unbleached wheat flour, coconut oil, and natural vanilla pods. It is made without added colorings or preservatives.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many servings are in an 8.82 oz bag of Loacker Quadratini Lemon?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 8.82 oz (250 g) bag contains about 9 servings, with each serving equal to 8 bite-size wafer squares at roughly 150 calories per serving. That makes it a shareable size for snacking, entertaining, or pairing with coffee or tea.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Loacker","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45509702418623,"sku":"LOACKER-QUADRATINI-LEMON-WAFER-882OZ-SINGLE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_9cccb63e-28d1-4d76-8d37-36b25ad20cdf.jpg?v=1778969471"},{"product_id":"hippeas-chickpea-puffs-blazin-hot","title":"HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs – Flavor Blast Blazin' Hot (3.75 oz)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot is a 3.75 oz bag of airy, crunchy puffs made from chickpeas and seasoned with a bold chili spice blend. It is a Certified Gluten-Free, Non-GMO, vegan snack sold as a single bag, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHIPPEAS Blazin' Hot: Chickpea Puffs with Bold Chili Seasoning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChickpea-based puff\u003c\/strong\u003e — an airy, crunchy puff made from chickpeas instead of corn or potato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlazin' Hot seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bold, layered chili spice blend coats every puff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4g plant protein, 3g fiber\u003c\/strong\u003e — per serving, at 130 calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertified Gluten-Free \u0026amp; Non-GMO Verified\u003c\/strong\u003e — meets both certification standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan and Kosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100% plant-based and certified Kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.75 oz resealable bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard snack-size bag for on-the-go or at-home snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot straight from the bag as a standalone snack, or pair them with hummus, guacamole, or a cooling yogurt dip to offset the heat. They work well in a lunchbox, alongside sandwiches in place of chips, or crumbled over a salad or grain bowl for crunch. Store the bag in a cool, dry place and reseal it after opening to keep the puffs crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout HIPPEAS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHIPPEAS is a plant-based snack brand built around the chickpea, a crop the brand notes uses less water than many other protein crops and helps enrich the soil it grows in. Every bag of HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs is Certified Gluten-Free, Non-GMO Verified, vegan, and Kosher certified, and Blazin' Hot is one of the brand's spicier, more established flavors. Browse more snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hippeas.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehippeas.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs are made primarily from chickpeas and are certified gluten-free and Non-GMO Verified. Facility and allergen notices can vary by production run and flavor, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient and allergen statement on the bag before eating, even though the snack is plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein and fiber does this snack have per serving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach serving of HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot has 4 grams of plant protein from chickpeas and 3 grams of fiber, at 130 calories per serving. That makes it a chickpea-based alternative to traditional corn or potato puffs, though it is not a meal replacement on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this snack vegan and Kosher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot are 100% plant-based, making them suitable for a vegan diet, and the bag is certified Kosher. They are also Certified Gluten-Free and Non-GMO Verified, so the snack fits several common dietary preferences in one bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is the Blazin' Hot flavor and what pairs well with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlazin' Hot is HIPPEAS's spiciest widely sold flavor, built on a bold, layered chili seasoning over the airy chickpea puff base, so it suits people who already enjoy hot snacks. Pairing it with hummus, guacamole, or a cooling yogurt dip helps balance the heat, and it works well alongside sandwiches in place of chips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs are made primarily from chickpeas and are certified gluten-free and Non-GMO Verified. Facility and allergen notices can vary by production run and flavor, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient and allergen statement on the bag before eating, even though the snack is plant-based.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much protein and fiber does this snack have per serving?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each serving of HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot has 4 grams of plant protein from chickpeas and 3 grams of fiber, at 130 calories per serving. That makes it a chickpea-based alternative to traditional corn or potato puffs, though it is not a meal replacement on its own.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this snack vegan and Kosher?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. HIPPEAS Chickpea Puffs Blazin' Hot are 100% plant-based, making them suitable for a vegan diet, and the bag is certified Kosher. They are also Certified Gluten-Free and Non-GMO Verified, so the snack fits several common dietary preferences in one bag.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How spicy is the Blazin' Hot flavor and what pairs well with it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Blazin' Hot is HIPPEAS's spiciest widely sold flavor, built on a bold, layered chili seasoning over the airy chickpea puff base, so it suits people who already enjoy hot snacks. Pairing it with hummus, guacamole, or a cooling yogurt dip helps balance the heat, and it works well alongside sandwiches in place of chips.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Hippeas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45549742129343,"sku":"HIPPEAS-CHICKPEA-PUFFS-375OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_1dc979ae-9ae1-4aa5-b13d-51afcb6a3987.jpg?v=1778969827"},{"product_id":"terra-real-vegetable-chips-screamin-hot-5oz","title":"Terra Real Vegetable Chips, Screamin' Hot, Non-GMO, Gluten-Free, 5 oz (142 g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTerra Real Vegetable Chips, Screamin' Hot is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of thinly sliced sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato chips coated in a bold, spicy cheddar-style seasoning. It's a Non-GMO, gluten-free snack with a fiery, crave-worthy crunch, sold as a Single bag or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTerra Screamin' Hot: Spicy Cheddar-Style Root Vegetable Chips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot vegetable blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato sliced thin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBold spicy cheddar-style seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a fiery kick layered over the root vegetable base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fats or cholesterol\u003c\/strong\u003e — a straightforward alternative to potato chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — also Kosher, suitable for a range of dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 5 oz (142 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe straight from the bag for anyone who likes heat, alongside a cooling dip like sour cream or ranch to balance the spice. Once opened, press out excess air, fold or clip the bag closed, and store it in a cool, dry place away from strong odors, which can be absorbed by the seasoning coating over time; keep it out of reach of anyone who is sensitive to spicy foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Terra Chips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerra Chips was founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who wanted a chip built from unusual, real vegetables rather than potatoes alone. That focus on sourcing diverse root vegetables and fruits is still the brand's signature, and Terra now makes more than 20 varieties and flavors. Browse more crunchy snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.terrachips.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eterrachips.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Terra Screamin' Hot Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This product contains milk from organic cultured buttermilk powder, organic cheddar cheese, and whey used in the spicy seasoning, so it is not dairy-free. Seasoning blends can change between production runs, so anyone with a milk allergy or dairy sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating rather than relying on this description alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Terra Screamin' Hot Chips after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and keep it away from strong-smelling foods, since the spicy seasoning can pick up other odors. For the best crunch, finish an opened bag within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is Terra Screamin' Hot, and how does it compare to Terra's Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion flavor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eScreamin' Hot delivers a bold, fiery kick from a spicy cheddar-style seasoning layered over the same sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato base used in several Terra flavors. Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion uses that same vegetable blend but with a milder, creamy seasoning instead, so it's the better choice for anyone who wants the crunch without the heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Terra Screamin' Hot Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTerra Screamin' Hot Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details for your particular batch, since these can vary by season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Terra Screamin' Hot Chips contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This product contains milk from organic cultured buttermilk powder, organic cheddar cheese, and whey used in the spicy seasoning, so it is not dairy-free. Seasoning blends can change between production runs, so anyone with a milk allergy or dairy sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the current bag before eating rather than relying on this description alone.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Terra Screamin' Hot Chips after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag tightly with a clip or fold, and keep it away from strong-smelling foods, since the spicy seasoning can pick up other odors. For the best crunch, finish an opened bag within a week or two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How spicy is Terra Screamin' Hot, and how does it compare to Terra's Sour Cream \u0026 Onion flavor?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Screamin' Hot delivers a bold, fiery kick from a spicy cheddar-style seasoning layered over the same sweet potato, batata, parsnip, and potato base used in several Terra flavors. Sour Cream \u0026 Onion uses that same vegetable blend but with a milder, creamy seasoning instead, so it's the better choice for anyone who wants the crunch without the heat.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Where are Terra Screamin' Hot Chips made?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Terra Screamin' Hot Chips are produced in the United States for the Terra Chips brand, founded over 20 years ago by two New York chefs who built the line around sourcing unusual root vegetables. Check the printed label on the bag for the current production facility and sourcing details for your particular batch, since these can vary by season.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Terra Chips","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45549798260927,"sku":"TERRA-SCREAMINHOT-5OZ-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46001749229759,"sku":"TERRA-SCREAMINHOT-5OZ-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46001749262527,"sku":"TERRA-SCREAMINHOT-5OZ-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_4_daf5a81d-e24c-40ac-97e0-eb973d88c46a.jpg?v=1778969838"},{"product_id":"my-motto-wafers-3x30g","title":"My Motto Wafers 3-Pack 30g | Cocoa, Hazelnut, Tiramisu","description":"\u003cp\u003eMy Motto Wafers is a 3.17 oz (90 g) bundle of three individually wrapped 30 g crispy wafer bars layered with chocolate, available in Cocoa \u0026amp; Cocoa, Hazelnut \u0026amp; Cocoa, Tiramisu, or a Mix of all three flavors. It comes as a 1-Pack, 5-Pack, or 10-Pack, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMy Motto Wafers: Crispy Chocolate-Layered Wafer Bars in Three Flavors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree bold flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Cocoa \u0026amp; Cocoa, Hazelnut \u0026amp; Cocoa, and Tiramisu, each with a distinct chocolate coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually wrapped bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — each 30 g bar is sealed on its own inside the 3-bar bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy wafer layers\u003c\/strong\u003e — thin layered wafers give a light, crunchy bite under the chocolate coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix pack option\u003c\/strong\u003e — sample all three flavors together in one bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-bar bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 x 30 g bars per base unit, 90 g total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1-Pack, 5-Pack, or 10-Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnwrap one bar and eat it at room temperature for the crispest wafer texture and clearest chocolate flavor. Keep unopened bars in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, and avoid the refrigerator, since condensation can soften the wafer layers. Finish an opened bar within the same day for the best crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout My Motto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMy Motto is a snack brand built around individually portioned wafer bars in bold chocolate-forward flavors. Each bar layers crispy wafers with a flavored chocolate coating, packaged for grab-and-go snacking at home, school, or work. Browse more snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mymotto.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emymotto.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the My Motto Hazelnut \u0026amp; Cocoa wafer contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The Hazelnut \u0026amp; Cocoa variety contains hazelnuts, and the wafer bars are produced in a facility that also handles wheat, milk, and soy. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the individual wrapper before eating, since packaging and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store My Motto Wafers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bars in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not refrigerate, since condensation inside the wrapper can soften the wafer layers and dull the chocolate coating. Each bar is individually wrapped inside the 3-bar bundle, so it stays fresh even after the outer pack has been opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the My Motto Mix pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Mix pack bundles all three My Motto flavors, Cocoa \u0026amp; Cocoa, Hazelnut \u0026amp; Cocoa, and Tiramisu, into a single order instead of choosing one flavor at a time. It is a convenient way to sample or share the full lineup of crispy chocolate-layered wafer bars without buying three separate flavor packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for My Motto Wafers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe base unit is a 3-bar bundle at 30 g per bar (90 g total). A 5-Pack contains 15 individually wrapped bars, and a 10-Pack contains 30 bars, so larger packs work well for lunchboxes, offices, or households that snack on wafer bars regularly throughout the week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the My Motto Hazelnut \u0026 Cocoa wafer contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The Hazelnut \u0026 Cocoa variety contains hazelnuts, and the wafer bars are produced in a facility that also handles wheat, milk, and soy. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the individual wrapper before eating, since packaging and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store My Motto Wafers?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the bars in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not refrigerate, since condensation inside the wrapper can soften the wafer layers and dull the chocolate coating. Each bar is individually wrapped inside the 3-bar bundle, so it stays fresh even after the outer pack has been opened.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the My Motto Mix pack?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The Mix pack bundles all three My Motto flavors, Cocoa \u0026 Cocoa, Hazelnut \u0026 Cocoa, and Tiramisu, into a single order instead of choosing one flavor at a time. It is a convenient way to sample or share the full lineup of crispy chocolate-layered wafer bars without buying three separate flavor packs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pack sizes are available for My Motto Wafers?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The base unit is a 3-bar bundle at 30 g per bar (90 g total). A 5-Pack contains 15 individually wrapped bars, and a 10-Pack contains 30 bars, so larger packs work well for lunchboxes, offices, or households that snack on wafer bars regularly throughout the week.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"My Motto","offers":[{"title":"Cocoa \u0026 Cocoa \/ 1-Pack","offer_id":45619637059775,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-COCOA-1PK","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cocoa \u0026 Cocoa \/ 5-Pack","offer_id":45619637092543,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-COCOA-5PK","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cocoa \u0026 Cocoa \/ 10-Pack","offer_id":45619637125311,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-COCOA-10PK","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hazelnut \u0026 Cocoa \/ 1-Pack","offer_id":45619637158079,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-HAZELNUT-1PK","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hazelnut \u0026 Cocoa \/ 5-Pack","offer_id":45619637190847,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-HAZELNUT-5PK","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hazelnut \u0026 Cocoa \/ 10-Pack","offer_id":45619637223615,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-HAZELNUT-10PK","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tiramisu \/ 1-Pack","offer_id":45619637256383,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-TIRAMISU-1PK","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tiramisu \/ 5-Pack","offer_id":45619637289151,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-TIRAMISU-5PK","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tiramisu \/ 10-Pack","offer_id":45619637321919,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-TIRAMISU-10PK","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mix \/ 1-Pack","offer_id":45619637354687,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-MIX-1PK","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mix \/ 5-Pack","offer_id":45619637387455,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-MIX-5PK","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mix \/ 10-Pack","offer_id":45619637420223,"sku":"MYMOTTO-WAFER-MIX-10PK","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/mottomix.png?v=1778970547"},{"product_id":"maretti-oven-baked-bruschette-chips-slow-roasted-garlic-5oz-142g-all-natural","title":"Maretti Oven Baked Bruschette Chips, Slow Roasted Garlic, 5 oz (142g), All Natural, No Artificial Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eMaretti Oven Baked Bruschette Chips, Slow Roasted Garlic is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of all-natural oven baked chips seasoned with roasted garlic and rosemary extract, made in Bulgaria with no artificial colors or flavors. It is the genuine imported bag, available as a Single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaretti Bruschette Chips: Oven Baked Slow Roasted Garlic Snack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow roasted garlic seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — roasted garlic powder with rosemary extract for a savory, aromatic flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOven baked, not fried\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked in small batches for a lighter, crispier bruschette-style chip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll natural ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives; made with sunflower oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0 g trans fat\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with sunflower oil, with 0 g trans fat and 0 g hydrogenated fat per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/strong\u003e — contains wheat and milk; check the printed label for full allergen details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each 5 oz (142 g) with 5 servings per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the chips straight from the bag, or serve them on a charcuterie or cheese board alongside cured meats and olives. They also work well dipped in hummus, tzatziki, or garlic aioli, or crumbled over tomato soup or minestrone for a crunchy topper. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store it in a cool, dry place, and read the printed label for full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Maretti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaretti is an artisan bruschette chip brand made by FICOSOTA FOOD EAD in Shumen, Bulgaria, where every chip is made from the company's own dough, rolled, cut, baked, and seasoned in-house. Maretti's \"Natural Promise\" covers ingredients of natural origin, no artificial colors or flavors, and oven baking in small batches rather than frying. Browse more imported snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.maretti.bg\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emaretti.bg\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Maretti Slow Roasted Garlic chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bag contains wheat and milk, and it is made in a facility that also handles corn and gluten ingredients as part of its recipe. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since production notices can change between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Maretti Bruschette Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag with a clip or fold, and finish the chips within about a week for the best crunch. Avoid storing the bag near the stove or other heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Maretti Slow Roasted Garlic taste like compared to Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlow Roasted Garlic has a deep, savory roasted garlic flavor with a hint of rosemary, while the Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano version leans into a tangy, briny Mediterranean profile with dried olives and oregano. Both share the same oven baked, all-natural bruschette-style chip base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Maretti Bruschette Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaretti Bruschette Chips are made in Bulgaria by FICOSOTA FOOD EAD, the company behind the Maretti brand. Real Prime Deals imports the bags and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same all-natural recipe sold in Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Maretti Slow Roasted Garlic chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bag contains wheat and milk, and it is made in a facility that also handles corn and gluten ingredients as part of its recipe. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since production notices can change between batches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Maretti Bruschette Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag with a clip or fold, and finish the chips within about a week for the best crunch. Avoid storing the bag near the stove or other heat sources.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does Maretti Slow Roasted Garlic taste like compared to Tomato, Olives \u0026 Oregano?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Slow Roasted Garlic has a deep, savory roasted garlic flavor with a hint of rosemary, while the Tomato, Olives \u0026 Oregano version leans into a tangy, briny Mediterranean profile with dried olives and oregano. Both share the same oven baked, all-natural bruschette-style chip base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Maretti Bruschette Chips made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Maretti Bruschette Chips are made in Bulgaria by FICOSOTA FOOD EAD, the company behind the Maretti brand. Real Prime Deals imports the bags and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same all-natural recipe sold in Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Maretti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45682066423999,"sku":"MARETTI-BRUSCHETTE-GARLIC-5OZ-1PK-1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45682066456767,"sku":"MARETTI-BRUSCHETTE-GARLIC-5OZ-1PK-2","price":12.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45682066489535,"sku":"MARETTI-BRUSCHETTE-GARLIC-5OZ-1PK-3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_3eb01dda-b822-4a93-9087-46e58ee16244.png?v=1781213927"},{"product_id":"maretti-oven-baked-bruschette-chips-tomato-olives-oregano-5oz-142g-all-natural","title":"Maretti Oven Baked Bruschette Chips, Tomato Olives \u0026 Oregano, 5 oz (142g), All Natural, No Artificial Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eMaretti Oven Baked Bruschette Chips, Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano is a 5 oz (142 g) bag of all-natural oven baked chips seasoned with sun-ripened tomato, dried olives, and oregano, made in Bulgaria with no artificial colors or flavors. It is the genuine imported bag, available as a Single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaretti Bruschette Chips: Oven Baked Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano Snack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMediterranean seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — sun-ripened tomato powder, dried olives, and dried oregano in every bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal dried olives\u003c\/strong\u003e — the seasoning blend includes dried olive pieces for authentic Mediterranean flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOven baked, not fried\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked in small batches for a lighter, crispier bruschette-style chip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll natural ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives; made with sunflower oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/strong\u003e — contains wheat and milk; check the printed label for full allergen details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each 5 oz (142 g) with 5 servings per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the chips straight from the bag, or serve them on an antipasto board with fresh mozzarella, prosciutto, and sun-dried tomatoes. They also work well dipped in bruschetta dip or olive tapenade, or crumbled over minestrone or Italian wedding soup for a crunchy topper. Reseal the bag tightly after opening and store it in a cool, dry place, and read the printed label for full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Maretti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaretti is an artisan bruschette chip brand made by FICOSOTA FOOD EAD in Shumen, Bulgaria, where every chip is made from the company's own dough, rolled, cut, baked, and seasoned in-house. Maretti's \"Natural Promise\" covers ingredients of natural origin, no artificial colors or flavors, and oven baking in small batches rather than frying. Browse more imported snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.maretti.bg\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emaretti.bg\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Maretti Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bag contains wheat and milk, and it is made in a facility that also handles corn and gluten ingredients as part of its recipe. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since production notices can change between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Maretti Bruschette Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag with a clip or fold, and finish the chips within about a week for the best crunch. Avoid storing the bag near the stove or other heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Maretti Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano taste like compared to Slow Roasted Garlic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano has a tangy, briny Mediterranean profile from dried olives, tomato powder, and oregano, while the Slow Roasted Garlic version leans into a deep, savory roasted garlic flavor with rosemary. Both share the same oven baked, all-natural bruschette-style chip base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Maretti Bruschette Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaretti Bruschette Chips are made in Bulgaria by FICOSOTA FOOD EAD, the company behind the Maretti brand. Real Prime Deals imports the bags and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same all-natural recipe sold in Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Maretti Tomato, Olives \u0026amp; Oregano chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bag contains wheat and milk, and it is made in a facility that also handles corn and gluten ingredients as part of its recipe. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating, since production notices can change between batches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Maretti Bruschette Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture. Once opened, press out excess air, reseal the bag with a clip or fold, and finish the chips within about a week for the best crunch. Avoid storing the bag near the stove or other heat sources.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does Maretti Tomato, Olives \u0026 Oregano taste like compared to Slow Roasted Garlic?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Tomato, Olives \u0026 Oregano has a tangy, briny Mediterranean profile from dried olives, tomato powder, and oregano, while the Slow Roasted Garlic version leans into a deep, savory roasted garlic flavor with rosemary. Both share the same oven baked, all-natural bruschette-style chip base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Maretti Bruschette Chips made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Maretti Bruschette Chips are made in Bulgaria by FICOSOTA FOOD EAD, the company behind the Maretti brand. Real Prime Deals imports the bags and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same all-natural recipe sold in Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Maretti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45682096275647,"sku":"MARETTI-BRUSCHETTE-TOMATO-5OZ-1PK-1","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45682096308415,"sku":"MARETTI-BRUSCHETTE-TOMATO-5OZ-1PK-2","price":12.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45682096341183,"sku":"MARETTI-BRUSCHETTE-TOMATO-5OZ-1PK-3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_09795d39-2313-4eb7-b489-0e05efed84d4.png?v=1781213937"},{"product_id":"dr-quendt-oblaten-hazelnut-wafer-rounds-150g","title":"Dr. Quendt Oblaten Hazelnut Wafer Rounds 5.29 oz (150g) | 6 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003eDr. Quendt Oblaten Hazelnut Wafer Rounds is a 5.29 oz (150 g) box of six German wafer rounds, each about 0.88 oz (25 g), with thin double-baked wafer layers and a roasted hazelnut cream filling. It is the genuine import made in Dresden, Germany, available as a single box or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDr. Quendt Oblaten: Double-Baked German Wafer Rounds with Hazelnut Cream\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted hazelnut cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 60 percent filling with 8 percent roasted hazelnuts, seasoned with vanilla and cinnamon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-baked wafers\u003c\/strong\u003e — thin, crisp wafer layers with a clean snap, following the traditional Dresden recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix rounds per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed as two trays of three, each round about 0.88 oz (25 g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural flavorings only\u003c\/strong\u003e — no artificial flavors; made with clarified butter, skimmed milk powder, and egg yolk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Dresden, Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Dr. Quendt GmbH and Co. KG to a traditional regional recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single box, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each 5.29 oz (150 g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe the rounds with coffee, tea, or hot chocolate as an afternoon treat, or add them to a dessert plate or holiday cookie tray. Break a round into wedges for sharing, or crumble one over vanilla ice cream. Store the box in a cool, dry place away from sunlight and strong odors, and close the tray after opening so the wafers stay crisp; read the printed label for full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Dr. Quendt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Quendt is a confectionery company based in Dresden, Germany, known for Dresdner Christstollen, Russisch Brot, and Oblaten, the thin filled wafer rounds that have been a specialty of the region for centuries. The company bakes its Oblaten in Dresden following a traditional double-baked recipe. Browse more imported German treats in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.drquendt.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edrquendt.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Dr. Quendt Hazelnut Oblaten contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Dr. Quendt Oblaten Hazelnut Wafer Rounds contain wheat, milk, egg, and hazelnuts, and the label states they may contain traces of other tree nuts, soy, sesame, and lupin. They are not gluten free. Anyone with a nut, egg, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed label before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I serve and store Dr. Quendt Hazelnut Oblaten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eServe the wafer rounds at room temperature with coffee, tea, or hot chocolate, or break a round for sharing on a dessert plate. Store the box in a cool, dry place away from sunlight and strong odors, and close the inner tray after opening so the crisp wafer layers do not soften or pick up outside odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Hazelnut and Chocolate Cream Oblaten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Hazelnut Oblaten has a roasted hazelnut cream filling with vanilla and cinnamon notes and comes six rounds per box. The Chocolate Cream Oblaten instead has a 73 percent chocolate cream filling and comes four rounds per box. Both use the same double-baked wafer layers made in Dresden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Quendt Oblaten imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Oblaten, made in Dresden by Dr. Quendt GmbH and Co. KG, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports the boxes and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Dr. Quendt Hazelnut Oblaten contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Dr. Quendt Oblaten Hazelnut Wafer Rounds contain wheat, milk, egg, and hazelnuts, and the label states they may contain traces of other tree nuts, soy, sesame, and lupin. They are not gluten free. Anyone with a nut, egg, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed label before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I serve and store Dr. Quendt Hazelnut Oblaten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Serve the wafer rounds at room temperature with coffee, tea, or hot chocolate, or break a round for sharing on a dessert plate. Store the box in a cool, dry place away from sunlight and strong odors, and close the inner tray after opening so the crisp wafer layers do not soften or pick up outside odors.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Hazelnut and Chocolate Cream Oblaten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Hazelnut Oblaten has a roasted hazelnut cream filling with vanilla and cinnamon notes and comes six rounds per box. The Chocolate Cream Oblaten instead has a 73 percent chocolate cream filling and comes four rounds per box. Both use the same double-baked wafer layers made in Dresden.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Dr. Quendt Oblaten imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Oblaten, made in Dresden by Dr. Quendt GmbH and Co. KG, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports the boxes and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Dr. Quendt","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45682214764735,"sku":"DRQDT-OBLATEN-HZL-150G-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45682214797503,"sku":"DRQDT-OBLATEN-HZL-150G-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45682214830271,"sku":"DRQDT-OBLATEN-HZL-150G-PACK6","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_cc96b6d2-3aab-44f9-9eaf-4cf284f5c75d.png?v=1781213952"},{"product_id":"dr-quendt-oblaten-chocolate-cream-wafer-rounds-150g","title":"Dr. Quendt Oblaten Chocolate Cream Wafer Rounds 5.29 oz (150g) | 4 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003eDr. Quendt Oblaten Chocolate Cream Wafer Rounds is a 5.29 oz (150 g) box of four German wafer rounds, each about 1.34 oz (38 g), with thin double-baked wafer layers and a 73 percent chocolate cream filling. It is the genuine import made in Dresden, Germany, available as a single box or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDr. Quendt Oblaten: Double-Baked German Wafer Rounds with 73% Chocolate Cream\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e73 percent chocolate cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a generous, smooth chocolate cream that melts on the tongue with every bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added flavorings\u003c\/strong\u003e — clean chocolate taste from cocoa mass and cocoa powder, with nothing artificial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-baked wafers\u003c\/strong\u003e — thin, crisp wafer layers with a clean snap, following the traditional Dresden recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour generous rounds per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — each round is about 1.34 oz (38 g), a satisfying portion per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Dresden, Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Dr. Quendt GmbH and Co. KG to a recipe dating back to the 18th century\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single box, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each 5.29 oz (150 g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe the rounds with coffee, tea, or hot chocolate as an afternoon treat, or place one on a holiday dessert plate alongside other traditional German confections. Store the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, and close the tray after opening so the wafer layers stay crisp; read the printed label for full ingredient and allergen details before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Dr. Quendt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Quendt is a confectionery company based in Dresden, Germany, known for Dresdner Christstollen, Russisch Brot, and Oblaten, the thin filled wafer rounds that have been a specialty of the region since the 18th century. The company bakes its Oblaten in Dresden following the same traditional, double-baked recipe. Browse more imported German treats in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.drquendt.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003edrquendt.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Dr. Quendt Chocolate Cream Oblaten contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Dr. Quendt Oblaten Chocolate Cream Wafer Rounds contain wheat, milk, and egg, and the label states they may contain traces of hazelnuts, other tree nuts, soy, sesame, and lupin. They are not gluten free. Anyone with a nut, egg, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed label before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I serve and store Dr. Quendt Chocolate Cream Oblaten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eServe the wafer rounds at room temperature with coffee, tea, or hot chocolate, or add one to a dessert or holiday cookie plate. Store the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, and close the tray after opening so the crisp wafer layers do not soften or pick up outside odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Chocolate Cream and Hazelnut Oblaten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Chocolate Cream Oblaten has a 73 percent chocolate cream filling with no added flavorings and comes four rounds per box. The Hazelnut Oblaten instead has a roasted hazelnut cream filling with vanilla and cinnamon notes and comes six rounds per box. Both use the same double-baked wafer layers made in Dresden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Quendt Chocolate Cream Oblaten imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Oblaten, made in Dresden by Dr. Quendt GmbH and Co. KG, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports the boxes and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Dr. Quendt Chocolate Cream Oblaten contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Dr. Quendt Oblaten Chocolate Cream Wafer Rounds contain wheat, milk, and egg, and the label states they may contain traces of hazelnuts, other tree nuts, soy, sesame, and lupin. They are not gluten free. Anyone with a nut, egg, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed label before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I serve and store Dr. Quendt Chocolate Cream Oblaten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Serve the wafer rounds at room temperature with coffee, tea, or hot chocolate, or add one to a dessert or holiday cookie plate. Store the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, and close the tray after opening so the crisp wafer layers do not soften or pick up outside odors.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Chocolate Cream and Hazelnut Oblaten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Chocolate Cream Oblaten has a 73 percent chocolate cream filling with no added flavorings and comes four rounds per box. The Hazelnut Oblaten instead has a roasted hazelnut cream filling with vanilla and cinnamon notes and comes six rounds per box. Both use the same double-baked wafer layers made in Dresden.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Dr. Quendt Chocolate Cream Oblaten imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Oblaten, made in Dresden by Dr. Quendt GmbH and Co. KG, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports the boxes and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Dr. Quendt","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45682249728191,"sku":"DRQDT-OBLATEN-CHOC-150G-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45682249760959,"sku":"DRQDT-OBLATEN-CHOC-150G-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45682249793727,"sku":"DRQDT-OBLATEN-CHOC-150G-PACK6","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_eb00bfbc-74dd-438e-82cc-e814544532ae.png?v=1781213956"},{"product_id":"funny-frisch-erdnuss-flippies-peanut-snack-175g","title":"funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies Peanut Snack 6.17 oz (175g) | Made in Germany","description":"\u003cp\u003efunny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies is a 6.17 oz (175g) bag of German corn-based peanut puffs made with freshly ground ültje peanuts. It ships fast from New Jersey, with pack options up to a pack of 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003efunny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies: German Peanut Puff Snack, Made With ültje Peanuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshly ground ültje peanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — peanuts from Germany's ültje brand give a roasted peanut flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight, crunchy corn puffs\u003c\/strong\u003e — airy texture that is lighter than crisps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic German snack since 1954\u003c\/strong\u003e — a longtime staple snack from funny-frisch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the current package label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains peanuts prominently\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the printed allergen panel before serving to guests with a peanut allergy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.17 oz (175g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — made in Germany, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and serve straight from it, or pour a portion into a party bowl for game nights and gatherings. Pack a small amount in a lunchbox as an alternative to crisps. Store the bag sealed in a cool, dry place, and reseal it tightly after opening to keep the puffs crunchy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout funny-frisch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003efunny-frisch is a German snack brand that has produced crisps, peanut snacks, and corn-based snacks since 1954. Erdnuss Flippies pairs a light, airy texture with a roasted peanut flavor from ültje peanuts. Browse more snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.funny-frisch.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003efunny-frisch.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies contain peanuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Erdnuss Flippies are made with freshly ground ültje peanuts as a primary ingredient, so this snack is not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy. Read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the bag before serving, and check for cross-contact warnings since facility practices can change between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies suitable for vegetarians?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The bag is labeled suitable for vegetarians. This is a label claim from funny-frisch, so review the current ingredient list on the bag you receive for full confirmation, particularly if you follow a strict vegetarian diet with additional ingredient requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Erdnuss Flippies contain gluten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErdnuss Flippies are corn-based and do not list wheat as a primary ingredient, but the bag may note traces of gluten-containing cereals from shared production lines. Anyone with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity should read the current allergen panel on the bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture. Reseal it tightly after opening to help the corn puffs stay crunchy rather than going stale or soft. Check the printed best-by date on the bag for freshness guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies contain peanuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Erdnuss Flippies are made with freshly ground ültje peanuts as a primary ingredient, so this snack is not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy. Read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the bag before serving, and check for cross-contact warnings since facility practices can change between batches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies suitable for vegetarians?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The bag is labeled suitable for vegetarians. This is a label claim from funny-frisch, so review the current ingredient list on the bag you receive for full confirmation, particularly if you follow a strict vegetarian diet with additional ingredient requirements.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Erdnuss Flippies contain gluten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Erdnuss Flippies are corn-based and do not list wheat as a primary ingredient, but the bag may note traces of gluten-containing cereals from shared production lines. Anyone with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity should read the current allergen panel on the bag before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store funny-frisch Erdnuss Flippies?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture. Reseal it tightly after opening to help the corn puffs stay crunchy rather than going stale or soft. Check the printed best-by date on the bag for freshness guidance.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"funny-frisch","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45682302779583,"sku":"FF-ERDNUSS-FLIPPIES-175G-S1","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45682302812351,"sku":"FF-ERDNUSS-FLIPPIES-175G-S2","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45682302845119,"sku":"FF-ERDNUSS-FLIPPIES-175G-S3","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_cef8e405-9d41-456a-98df-d783b90467c8.png?v=1781213963"},{"product_id":"payday-peanut-caramel-bar-185oz","title":"PAYDAY Peanut Caramel Bar 1.85 oz — 7g Protein, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003ePAYDAY Peanut Caramel Bar is a 1.85 oz (52g) individually wrapped bar with a firm caramel center rolled in roasted, salted peanuts and no chocolate coating. It's available as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePAYDAY Peanut Caramel Bar: Roasted Peanuts, No Chocolate Coating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal roasted peanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — peanuts are the first ingredient listed and coat the entire bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm caramel center\u003c\/strong\u003e — no chocolate coating, just caramel rolled in salted peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7g protein per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10% Daily Value, mainly from the peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for those avoiding gluten, per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 calories per 1.85 oz (52g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — individually wrapped for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnwrap the bar and eat it at room temperature; the caramel center is easier to bite through when it isn't cold. Keep bars in a cool, dry place below 77°F (25°C) so the caramel and peanuts stay fresh. Contains peanuts, milk, and soy, so check the printed wrapper for the most current allergen information before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout PAYDAY\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePAYDAY has been sold in the US since 1932 and is one of the few mainstream candy bars built around peanuts rather than chocolate. The Hershey Company has produced PAYDAY since 1996 from its headquarters in Hershey, Pennsylvania, alongside its other candy and chocolate brands. Browse more options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hersheyland.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehersheyland.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes PAYDAY contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. PAYDAY Peanut Caramel Bar contains peanuts, milk, and soy, and it is not intended for anyone with those allergies. The bar is labeled Gluten Free, but formulations and allergen notices can change, so read the printed wrapper before eating if you have any food allergy or sensitivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store PAYDAY bars, and is there chocolate in them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep bars in a cool, dry place below 77°F (25°C), since the caramel center softens in heat. There is no chocolate coating; the bar is a caramel center rolled in roasted, salted peanuts, best eaten at room temperature when the caramel is easiest to bite through cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein does a PAYDAY bar have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 1.85 oz (52g) PAYDAY bar has 7g of protein, which is 10% of the Daily Value on a 2,000 calorie diet, coming mainly from the roasted peanuts that coat the caramel center. The bar has 240 calories and no chocolate coating, unlike most other Hershey candy bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes and pack options are available for PAYDAY?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePAYDAY comes as a 1.85 oz (52g) individually wrapped bar. Real Prime Deals sells it as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, which makes it easy to stock a supply for lunch boxes, snack drawers, or sharing at the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does PAYDAY contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. PAYDAY Peanut Caramel Bar contains peanuts, milk, and soy, and it is not intended for anyone with those allergies. The bar is labeled Gluten Free, but formulations and allergen notices can change, so read the printed wrapper before eating if you have any food allergy or sensitivity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store PAYDAY bars, and is there chocolate in them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep bars in a cool, dry place below 77°F (25°C), since the caramel center softens in heat. There is no chocolate coating; the bar is a caramel center rolled in roasted, salted peanuts, best eaten at room temperature when the caramel is easiest to bite through cleanly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much protein does a PAYDAY bar have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each 1.85 oz (52g) PAYDAY bar has 7g of protein, which is 10% of the Daily Value on a 2,000 calorie diet, coming mainly from the roasted peanuts that coat the caramel center. The bar has 240 calories and no chocolate coating, unlike most other Hershey candy bars.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes and pack options are available for PAYDAY?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"PAYDAY comes as a 1.85 oz (52g) individually wrapped bar. Real Prime Deals sells it as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, which makes it easy to stock a supply for lunch boxes, snack drawers, or sharing at the office.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Hershey","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45773879443647,"sku":"PAYDAY-BAR-SINGLE","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45773879476415,"sku":"PAYDAY-BAR-PACK3","price":9.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45773879509183,"sku":"PAYDAY-BAR-PACK6","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45773879541951,"sku":"PAYDAY-BAR-PACK10","price":28.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_c7cb1157-1f3c-4a42-8bb5-1454b9f85f31.png?v=1782414610"},{"product_id":"mms-variety-pack-30-full-size-packs","title":"M\u0026M's Variety Pack 30 Full Size Packs, 47.4 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Variety Pack is a 47.4 oz (2 lb 15.4 oz \/ 1343 g) box of 30 full size packs across five M\u0026amp;M's flavors: Milk Chocolate, Peanut, Peanut Butter, Caramel, and Minis Milk Chocolate. Every pack is individually wrapped and full size, the same as sold individually at retail, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Variety Pack: Five Flavors, 30 Full Size Packs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 full size packs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same packs sold individually at retail, not fun size or mini bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive M\u0026amp;M's flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Milk Chocolate, Peanut, Peanut Butter, Caramel, and Minis Milk Chocolate in one box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47.4 oz total\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2 lb 15.4 oz (1343 g) of M\u0026amp;M's in one box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually wrapped packs\u003c\/strong\u003e — each pack sealed on its own for freshness and easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk box format\u003c\/strong\u003e — suited to offices, candy bowls, parties, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShared allergen profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — every flavor in this box contains or may contain peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Keep at room temperature rather than refrigerated, since cold and condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a pack is opened, keep remaining pieces in an airtight container. Read the label on each individual pack before eating, since allergen details can vary by flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Wrigley is a confectionery company behind long-running American candy brands including Snickers, M\u0026amp;M's, Skittles, Starburst, and 3 Musketeers. Snickers dates back to 1930 and M\u0026amp;M's to 1941, and both are produced in the United States, including at a Mars Wrigley facility in Hackettstown, New Jersey. M\u0026amp;M's itself dates to 1941 and is made in several flavors and formats. This variety pack covers five of those flavors in one box — Milk Chocolate, Peanut, Peanut Butter, Caramel, and Minis. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mars.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emars.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many of each flavor are in the M\u0026amp;M's Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exact count per flavor is not listed on the packaging. The box contains 30 full size packs total across five varieties — Milk Chocolate, Peanut, Peanut Butter, Caramel, and Minis Milk Chocolate — and the assortment mix can vary between production runs. Read the printed label on the box for the current flavor list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre any M\u0026amp;M's flavors in this pack peanut-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo flavor in this box is labeled peanut-free. M\u0026amp;M's Peanut and Peanut Butter contain peanuts directly, and Milk Chocolate, Caramel, and Minis are made in facilities that also process peanuts. This variety pack is not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy; read the printed label on each pack for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the flavors in this variety pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilk Chocolate is the original candy-shell chocolate. Peanut adds a whole roasted peanut center, while Peanut Butter uses a smooth peanut butter filling instead. Caramel adds a soft caramel layer, and Minis Milk Chocolate is a smaller bite-size version of the original. All five share the same colorful candy shell coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store a box of M\u0026amp;M's Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Keep at room temperature rather than refrigerated, since cold and condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a pack is opened, keep remaining pieces in an airtight container to preserve freshness and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many of each flavor are in the M\u0026M's Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The exact count per flavor is not listed on the packaging. The box contains 30 full size packs total across five varieties — Milk Chocolate, Peanut, Peanut Butter, Caramel, and Minis Milk Chocolate — and the assortment mix can vary between production runs. Read the printed label on the box for the current flavor list.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are any M\u0026M's flavors in this pack peanut-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No flavor in this box is labeled peanut-free. M\u0026M's Peanut and Peanut Butter contain peanuts directly, and Milk Chocolate, Caramel, and Minis are made in facilities that also process peanuts. This variety pack is not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy; read the printed label on each pack for full details.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the flavors in this variety pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milk Chocolate is the original candy-shell chocolate. Peanut adds a whole roasted peanut center, while Peanut Butter uses a smooth peanut butter filling instead. Caramel adds a soft caramel layer, and Minis Milk Chocolate is a smaller bite-size version of the original. All five share the same colorful candy shell coating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store a box of M\u0026M's Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Keep at room temperature rather than refrigerated, since cold and condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a pack is opened, keep remaining pieces in an airtight container to preserve freshness and texture.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45773610811583,"sku":"MMS-VARIETY-30CT-SINGLE","price":54.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1f71e4c7-dd09-475b-902c-09bb5093c589.png?v=1782410409"},{"product_id":"mms-milk-chocolate-48-count-box","title":"M\u0026M's Milk Chocolate Candies 48-Count Box, 81.12 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate Candies bulk box holds 48 full size 1.69 oz packs of classic milk chocolate M\u0026amp;M's, 81.12 oz (2299 g) total. Each pack is individually wrapped and full size, the same as sold individually at retail, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate: 48 Full Size Packs in a Bulk Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48 individually wrapped packs\u003c\/strong\u003e — each 1.69 oz (48 g), sealed on its own for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic milk chocolate candy shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original milk chocolate M\u0026amp;M's formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e81.12 oz total\u003c\/strong\u003e — over 5 lbs of M\u0026amp;M's in one bulk box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e230 calories per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — a consistent, pre-portioned serving size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk box format\u003c\/strong\u003e — suited to offices, candy bowls, vending, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade with shared-facility ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — the product is made in a facility that also processes peanuts and tree nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Keep at room temperature rather than refrigerated, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a pack is opened, keep remaining pieces in an airtight container. Read the printed label on an individual pack for the current ingredient and allergen list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Wrigley is a confectionery company behind long-running American candy brands including Snickers, M\u0026amp;M's, Skittles, Starburst, and 3 Musketeers. Snickers dates back to 1930 and M\u0026amp;M's to 1941, and both are produced in the United States, including at a Mars Wrigley facility in Hackettstown, New Jersey. M\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate is the original variety, on the market since 1941. This 48-count bulk box groups full size packs together for offices, candy bowls, and events. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mars.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emars.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the packs in this box the same size as store-bought packs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each pack is 1.69 oz (48 g), the standard full size retail pack, the same as what is sold individually at a grocery or convenience store. This is not a fun size or snack size product; the box simply groups 48 of those full size packs together for bulk buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo M\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate contain peanuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate does not list peanuts as an ingredient, but the product is made in a facility that also processes peanuts and tree nuts. It is not suitable for anyone with a severe peanut allergy. Always read the printed label on the pack for the current allergen statement before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this different from other M\u0026amp;M's varieties?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is the original milk chocolate candy shell variety, without added peanuts, peanut butter, caramel, or a smaller Minis format. It has a simpler ingredient list than the filled varieties and a slightly lower calorie count per pack than Peanut or Peanut Butter versions, based on the nutrition panel on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store a bulk box of M\u0026amp;M's?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell texture. Once a pack is opened, keep the remaining pieces in an airtight container to help maintain freshness and texture until they are eaten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the packs in this box the same size as store-bought packs?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each pack is 1.69 oz (48 g), the standard full size retail pack, the same as what is sold individually at a grocery or convenience store. This is not a fun size or snack size product; the box simply groups 48 of those full size packs together for bulk buying.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do M\u0026M's Milk Chocolate contain peanuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Milk Chocolate does not list peanuts as an ingredient, but the product is made in a facility that also processes peanuts and tree nuts. It is not suitable for anyone with a severe peanut allergy. Always read the printed label on the pack for the current allergen statement before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes this different from other M\u0026M's varieties?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This is the original milk chocolate candy shell variety, without added peanuts, peanut butter, caramel, or a smaller Minis format. It has a simpler ingredient list than the filled varieties and a slightly lower calorie count per pack than Peanut or Peanut Butter versions, based on the nutrition panel on the box.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store a bulk box of M\u0026M's?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell texture. Once a pack is opened, keep the remaining pieces in an airtight container to help maintain freshness and texture until they are eaten.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45773638860991,"sku":"MMS-MILKCHOC-48CT-SINGLE","price":98.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_f8cbde16-4c98-49e1-aa0a-230cd62a92c7.png?v=1782410786"},{"product_id":"butterfinger-french-toast-bar-19oz-limited-edition","title":"Butterfinger French Toast Bar 1.9 oz — Limited Edition, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eButterfinger French Toast Bar is a 1.9 oz (54 g) limited edition candy bar with Butterfinger's crispy peanut butter center in a French toast flavor. It is individually wrapped, sold as a single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eButterfinger French Toast: Limited Edition Crispy Peanut Butter Candy Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy, layered peanut butter center\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature flaky Butterfinger core in every bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrench toast flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a limited edition twist added to the classic recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial flavors or colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the ingredient label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — made without gluten-containing ingredients per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 oz (54 g) individually wrapped bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-serving size sealed for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for stocking up or sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnwrap the bar and enjoy it at room temperature so the layered peanut butter center keeps its signature crunch; chilling or freezing can make the center harder to bite through cleanly. Because this is a limited edition flavor, it may not be restocked once current inventory sells out, so stock up if you want to keep some on hand. Store bars in a cool, dry pantry away from heat, and read the printed label for the most current ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Butterfinger and Ferrara\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButterfinger has been produced in the United States for a century, known for its crispy, layered peanut butter center inside a chocolatey coating. The brand is owned by Ferrara Candy Company, a Chicago-based confectioner that also makes Nerds, SweeTarts, and Laffy Taffy. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.butterfinger.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebutterfinger.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Butterfinger French Toast Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePer the label, Butterfinger French Toast Bar contains milk, peanuts, and soy, and it may be produced in a facility that handles other allergens. Anyone with a peanut or other food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since limited edition formulas and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Butterfinger French Toast Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the individually wrapped bar in a cool, dry pantry below 77°F (25°C), away from heat and direct sunlight. The bar is best enjoyed at room temperature, since the layered peanut butter center keeps its signature crunch better than when chilled or frozen. Keep the wrapper sealed until ready to eat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Butterfinger French Toast Bar a permanent flavor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Butterfinger French Toast is labeled as a limited edition flavor, meaning it is available only while current inventory lasts. Once a batch sells through, the manufacturer may or may not bring the flavor back, so it is best treated as a flavor to try while it is in stock rather than a permanent lineup addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the French Toast flavor taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bar keeps Butterfinger's crispy, layered peanut butter center and adds a warm, sweet flavor note intended to evoke French toast, according to the product's marketing description. Exact flavor perception can vary by taster, so read the printed label for the full ingredient list if you want to know precisely what flavorings are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Butterfinger French Toast Bar gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePer the current label, Butterfinger French Toast Bar is marketed as gluten free with no artificial flavors or colors. Because formulas can be updated by the manufacturer, always check the printed wrapper for the most current gluten-free and allergen statement before serving to someone with a gluten sensitivity or celiac disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Butterfinger French Toast Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Per the label, Butterfinger French Toast Bar contains milk, peanuts, and soy, and it may be produced in a facility that handles other allergens. Anyone with a peanut or other food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since limited edition formulas and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Butterfinger French Toast Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store the individually wrapped bar in a cool, dry pantry below 77°F (25°C), away from heat and direct sunlight. The bar is best enjoyed at room temperature, since the layered peanut butter center keeps its signature crunch better than when chilled or frozen. Keep the wrapper sealed until ready to eat.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Butterfinger French Toast Bar a permanent flavor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Butterfinger French Toast is labeled as a limited edition flavor, meaning it is available only while current inventory lasts. Once a batch sells through, the manufacturer may or may not bring the flavor back, so it is best treated as a flavor to try while it is in stock rather than a permanent lineup addition.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the French Toast flavor taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bar keeps Butterfinger's crispy, layered peanut butter center and adds a warm, sweet flavor note intended to evoke French toast, according to the product's marketing description. Exact flavor perception can vary by taster, so read the printed label for the full ingredient list if you want to know precisely what flavorings are used.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Butterfinger French Toast Bar gluten free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Per the current label, Butterfinger French Toast Bar is marketed as gluten free with no artificial flavors or colors. Because formulas can be updated by the manufacturer, always check the printed wrapper for the most current gluten-free and allergen statement before serving to someone with a gluten sensitivity or celiac disease.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ferrara","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45773959168191,"sku":"BFINGER-FRTOAST-BAR-SINGLE-1","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45773959200959,"sku":"BFINGER-FRTOAST-BAR-PACK3","price":9.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45773959233727,"sku":"BFINGER-FRTOAST-BAR-PACK6","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45773959266495,"sku":"BFINGER-FRTOAST-BAR-PACK10","price":28.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1f9d8d3b-22d9-40b4-9d0a-563f95da2bf9.png?v=1782415861"},{"product_id":"mms-peanut-chocolate-48-count-box","title":"M\u0026M's Peanut Chocolate Candies 48-Count Box, 83.52 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut Chocolate Candies bulk box holds 48 full size 1.74 oz packs, each piece a whole roasted peanut coated in milk chocolate and a candy shell, 83.52 oz (2366 g) total. Each pack is individually wrapped and full size, the same as sold individually at retail, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut: Whole Roasted Peanut Inside Every Piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48 full size packs\u003c\/strong\u003e — each 1.74 oz (49 g), individually wrapped for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted peanut center\u003c\/strong\u003e — each piece contains a whole peanut coated in milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e83.52 oz total\u003c\/strong\u003e — over 5 lbs of M\u0026amp;M's Peanut in one bulk box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 calories per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — a consistent, pre-portioned serving size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger, crunchier pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — the peanut center makes each piece bigger than Milk Chocolate M\u0026amp;M's\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk box format\u003c\/strong\u003e — suited to offices, candy bowls, vending, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Keep at room temperature rather than refrigerated, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a pack is opened, keep remaining pieces in an airtight container. Read the printed label on an individual pack for the current ingredient and allergen list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Wrigley is a confectionery company behind long-running American candy brands including Snickers, M\u0026amp;M's, Skittles, Starburst, and 3 Musketeers. Snickers dates back to 1930 and M\u0026amp;M's to 1941, and both are produced in the United States, including at a Mars Wrigley facility in Hackettstown, New Jersey. M\u0026amp;M's Peanut was introduced as a variety alongside the original Milk Chocolate M\u0026amp;M's and pairs a whole roasted peanut with milk chocolate. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mars.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emars.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between M\u0026amp;M's Peanut and M\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut contains a whole roasted peanut inside each piece, making them larger with a crunchier texture than the original Milk Chocolate variety. Each Peanut pack is 1.74 oz versus 1.69 oz for Milk Chocolate, and the nutrition panel lists 250 calories per pack for Peanut compared with 230 for Milk Chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre M\u0026amp;M's Peanut safe for people with tree nut allergies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut contains peanuts directly and is made in a facility that may also process tree nuts. It is not suitable for anyone with a peanut or tree nut allergy. Always read the printed label on the individual pack before eating, since ingredient and facility statements can be updated between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store a bulk box of M\u0026amp;M's Peanut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell texture. Once opened, keep the pieces in an airtight container to help them stay fresh and hold their shape until the pack is finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same peanut candy sold in single packs at stores?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each pack in this bulk box is the standard 1.74 oz full size retail pack, the same one sold individually at grocery and convenience stores. The bulk box simply groups 48 of those packs together in one purchase, which can be convenient for offices, vending, and larger events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between M\u0026M's Peanut and M\u0026M's Milk Chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Peanut contains a whole roasted peanut inside each piece, making them larger with a crunchier texture than the original Milk Chocolate variety. Each Peanut pack is 1.74 oz versus 1.69 oz for Milk Chocolate, and the nutrition panel lists 250 calories per pack for Peanut compared with 230 for Milk Chocolate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are M\u0026M's Peanut safe for people with tree nut allergies?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Peanut contains peanuts directly and is made in a facility that may also process tree nuts. It is not suitable for anyone with a peanut or tree nut allergy. Always read the printed label on the individual pack before eating, since ingredient and facility statements can be updated between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store a bulk box of M\u0026M's Peanut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell texture. Once opened, keep the pieces in an airtight container to help them stay fresh and hold their shape until the pack is finished.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the same peanut candy sold in single packs at stores?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each pack in this bulk box is the standard 1.74 oz full size retail pack, the same one sold individually at grocery and convenience stores. The bulk box simply groups 48 of those packs together in one purchase, which can be convenient for offices, vending, and larger events.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45773676871871,"sku":"MMS-PEANUT-48CT-SINGLE","price":98.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_0ef97cc2-47c6-4bce-acff-dad55fba48e8.png?v=1782411451"},{"product_id":"almond-joy-coconut-almond-chocolate-bar-161oz","title":"Almond Joy Coconut \u0026 Almond Chocolate Bar 1.61 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eAlmond Joy Coconut \u0026amp; Almond Chocolate Bar is a 1.61 oz (45g) individually wrapped bar with a real shredded coconut filling, one whole almond, and a milk chocolate coating. It's available as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAlmond Joy: Real Coconut Filling, Whole Almond, Milk Chocolate Coating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole almond on top\u003c\/strong\u003e — one whole almond sits on the coconut filling in every bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal shredded coconut filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with actual coconut, not coconut flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk chocolate coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full Hershey milk chocolate shell around the bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for those avoiding gluten, per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e230 calories per 1.61 oz (45g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — individually wrapped for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnwrap the bar and eat it at room temperature so the chocolate stays smooth and the coconut filling keeps its moisture; cold temperatures can make the chocolate brittle. Contains almonds, coconut, milk, and soy, and the bar is made in a facility that also processes peanuts, so check the printed wrapper for current allergen information before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Almond Joy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmond Joy was introduced in 1946 by the Peter Paul Candy Manufacturing Company and has been part of The Hershey Company since 1988. The bar pairs shredded coconut and a whole almond with milk chocolate rather than the caramel or peanut butter centers found in other Hershey bars. Browse more options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hersheyland.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehersheyland.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Almond Joy contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Almond Joy Bars contain almonds, coconut, milk, and soy, and they are manufactured in a facility that also processes peanuts. The bar is labeled Gluten Free, but allergen notices and facility practices can change, so read the printed wrapper before eating if you have a nut, coconut, or dairy allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Almond Joy bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep bars in a cool, dry place away from heat, ideally before the best-by date printed on the wrapper. Room temperature is best for eating; cold storage can make the chocolate coating brittle and reduce the natural moisture of the coconut filling inside the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Almond Joy contain real coconut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Coconut is listed as an ingredient in the filling, which uses actual shredded coconut rather than coconut flavoring, alongside a whole almond and a milk chocolate coating. This combination is what separates Almond Joy from Hershey bars built around caramel or peanut butter centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many almonds are in each Almond Joy bar, and what sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach standard 1.61 oz (45g) Almond Joy bar contains one whole almond placed on the coconut filling before the milk chocolate coating is applied. Real Prime Deals sells it as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10 for stocking a snack drawer or sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Almond Joy contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Almond Joy Bars contain almonds, coconut, milk, and soy, and they are manufactured in a facility that also processes peanuts. The bar is labeled Gluten Free, but allergen notices and facility practices can change, so read the printed wrapper before eating if you have a nut, coconut, or dairy allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Almond Joy bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep bars in a cool, dry place away from heat, ideally before the best-by date printed on the wrapper. Room temperature is best for eating; cold storage can make the chocolate coating brittle and reduce the natural moisture of the coconut filling inside the bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Almond Joy contain real coconut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Coconut is listed as an ingredient in the filling, which uses actual shredded coconut rather than coconut flavoring, alongside a whole almond and a milk chocolate coating. This combination is what separates Almond Joy from Hershey bars built around caramel or peanut butter centers.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many almonds are in each Almond Joy bar, and what sizes are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each standard 1.61 oz (45g) Almond Joy bar contains one whole almond placed on the coconut filling before the milk chocolate coating is applied. Real Prime Deals sells it as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10 for stocking a snack drawer or sharing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Hershey","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45773828161727,"sku":"ALMONDJOY-BAR-SINGLE","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45773828194495,"sku":"ALMONDJOY-BAR-PACK3","price":9.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45773828227263,"sku":"ALMONDJOY-BAR-PACK6","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45773828260031,"sku":"ALMONDJOY-BAR-PACK10","price":28.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_d1ec4fb1-b66f-40b5-9628-16734dd4b077.png?v=1782414110"},{"product_id":"mms-peanut-butter-chocolate-24-count-box","title":"M\u0026M's Peanut Butter Chocolate Candies 24-Count, 39.12 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter Chocolate Candies bulk box holds 24 full size 1.63 oz packs, each piece a smooth peanut butter center inside a milk chocolate shell and candy coating, 39.12 oz (1109 g) total. Each pack is individually wrapped and full size, the same as sold individually at retail, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter: Smooth Peanut Butter Center in a Milk Chocolate Shell\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 full size packs\u003c\/strong\u003e — each 1.63 oz (46 g), individually wrapped for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth peanut butter center\u003c\/strong\u003e — a creamy filling that differs from the whole-peanut center of M\u0026amp;M's Peanut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk chocolate shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — a layer of milk chocolate between the peanut butter and the candy coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 calories per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — a consistent, pre-portioned serving size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e39.12 oz total\u003c\/strong\u003e — over 2.4 lbs of M\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter in one bulk box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk box format\u003c\/strong\u003e — suited to offices, candy bowls, vending, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). The peanut butter filling can soften in high heat, so keep the box at room temperature and avoid refrigerating, which can affect the candy shell texture. Once a pack is opened, keep remaining pieces in an airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Wrigley is a confectionery company behind long-running American candy brands including Snickers, M\u0026amp;M's, Skittles, Starburst, and 3 Musketeers. Snickers dates back to 1930 and M\u0026amp;M's to 1941, and both are produced in the United States, including at a Mars Wrigley facility in Hackettstown, New Jersey. M\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter is one of several M\u0026amp;M's varieties sold alongside Milk Chocolate and Peanut, using a peanut butter filling instead of a whole peanut. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mars.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emars.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between M\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter and M\u0026amp;M's Peanut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter contains a smooth, creamy peanut butter filling inside a milk chocolate shell, while M\u0026amp;M's Peanut contains a whole roasted peanut. Peanut Butter pieces have a softer, rounder bite; Peanut pieces are larger and crunchier. Both contain peanuts and are not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre M\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter is not labeled gluten free on the pack. It is manufactured in a facility that may process wheat-containing products. Anyone with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on an individual pack before eating, since labeling can be updated between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store M\u0026amp;M's Peanut Butter in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). The peanut butter filling can soften in high heat, so room temperature storage works best. Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Keep opened packs in an airtight container between servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same pack size sold individually in stores?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each pack in this box is the standard 1.63 oz full size retail pack, the same one sold on its own at grocery and convenience stores. This bulk box groups 24 of those packs together in one purchase, which can be convenient for offices, candy bowls, and vending setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between M\u0026M's Peanut Butter and M\u0026M's Peanut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Peanut Butter contains a smooth, creamy peanut butter filling inside a milk chocolate shell, while M\u0026M's Peanut contains a whole roasted peanut. Peanut Butter pieces have a softer, rounder bite; Peanut pieces are larger and crunchier. Both contain peanuts and are not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are M\u0026M's Peanut Butter gluten free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Peanut Butter is not labeled gluten free on the pack. It is manufactured in a facility that may process wheat-containing products. Anyone with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on an individual pack before eating, since labeling can be updated between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store M\u0026M's Peanut Butter in bulk?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). The peanut butter filling can soften in high heat, so room temperature storage works best. Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Keep opened packs in an airtight container between servings.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the same pack size sold individually in stores?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each pack in this box is the standard 1.63 oz full size retail pack, the same one sold on its own at grocery and convenience stores. This bulk box groups 24 of those packs together in one purchase, which can be convenient for offices, candy bowls, and vending setups.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45773711048895,"sku":"MMS-PBUTTR-24CT-SINGLE","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_4c350dbf-729d-4f80-9c49-50e47a49e3ec.png?v=1782412016"},{"product_id":"mms-minis-milk-chocolate-24-tube-box","title":"M\u0026M's Minis Milk Chocolate Candies 24-Tube Box, 25.92 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Minis Milk Chocolate Candies come in a 24-tube box, each 1.08 oz tube holding bite-size milk chocolate M\u0026amp;M's Minis, 25.92 oz (734 g) total. The tubes are individually sealed and sold as a set of 24, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Minis: Smaller Pieces, Same Milk Chocolate, in a 24-Tube Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 individual tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e — each 1.08 oz (31 g), sealed on its own for freshness and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBite-size Minis format\u003c\/strong\u003e — smaller pieces than standard M\u0026amp;M's, more pieces per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 calories per tube\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lower per-serving calorie count than a full size 1.69 oz M\u0026amp;M's pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25.92 oz total\u003c\/strong\u003e — 24 tubes of Minis in one box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuited to baking\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smaller size makes Minis easy to fold into cookie, brownie, or cake batter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour-and-share tube design\u003c\/strong\u003e — tubes make it easy to portion Minis for snacking or décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Keep at room temperature rather than refrigerated, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Pour directly from the tube as a snack, or fold Minis into batter just before baking to help keep the candy shell intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Wrigley is a confectionery company behind long-running American candy brands including Snickers, M\u0026amp;M's, Skittles, Starburst, and 3 Musketeers. Snickers dates back to 1930 and M\u0026amp;M's to 1941, and both are produced in the United States, including at a Mars Wrigley facility in Hackettstown, New Jersey. M\u0026amp;M's Minis are a smaller-format version of the classic Milk Chocolate M\u0026amp;M's, sold in a pour-friendly tube. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mars.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emars.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between M\u0026amp;M's Minis and regular M\u0026amp;M's?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Minis are smaller than standard M\u0026amp;M's Milk Chocolate pieces, which means more pieces per serving, and they come in a tube rather than a bag. Each tube is 1.08 oz with 150 calories on the nutrition panel, compared with a standard 1.69 oz pack listing 230 calories. The chocolate itself is the same recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre M\u0026amp;M's Minis safe for people with peanut allergies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM\u0026amp;M's Minis Milk Chocolate does not list peanuts as an ingredient, but the package states it may contain peanuts due to shared manufacturing equipment. It is not recommended for anyone with a severe peanut allergy. Always read the printed label on a tube before eating for the current allergen statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan M\u0026amp;M's Minis be used for baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Their smaller size makes M\u0026amp;M's Minis easier to fold into cookie, brownie, or cake batter than full size pieces, without sinking or creating large pockets of chocolate. The tube format also makes it simple to pour a measured amount directly into a mixing bowl before baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store a box of M\u0026amp;M's Minis tubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a tube is opened, reseal it or transfer the pieces to an airtight container to help keep them fresh until finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between M\u0026M's Minis and regular M\u0026M's?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Minis are smaller than standard M\u0026M's Milk Chocolate pieces, which means more pieces per serving, and they come in a tube rather than a bag. Each tube is 1.08 oz with 150 calories on the nutrition panel, compared with a standard 1.69 oz pack listing 230 calories. The chocolate itself is the same recipe.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are M\u0026M's Minis safe for people with peanut allergies?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"M\u0026M's Minis Milk Chocolate does not list peanuts as an ingredient, but the package states it may contain peanuts due to shared manufacturing equipment. It is not recommended for anyone with a severe peanut allergy. Always read the printed label on a tube before eating for the current allergen statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can M\u0026M's Minis be used for baking?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Their smaller size makes M\u0026M's Minis easier to fold into cookie, brownie, or cake batter than full size pieces, without sinking or creating large pockets of chocolate. The tube format also makes it simple to pour a measured amount directly into a mixing bowl before baking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store a box of M\u0026M's Minis tubes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat, ideally below 70°F (21°C). Avoid refrigerating, since condensation can affect the candy shell. Once a tube is opened, reseal it or transfer the pieces to an airtight container to help keep them fresh until finished.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45773726089407,"sku":"MMS-MINIS-24CT-SINGLE","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1587316d-f525-446d-a463-a65da7d4128c.png?v=1782412196"},{"product_id":"reeses-2-peanut-butter-cups-36-count-box","title":"Reese's 2 Peanut Butter Cups 36-Count Box, 3 lb 6 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eReese's 2 Peanut Butter Cups Bulk Box contains 36 individually wrapped 1.5 oz (42g) packages, each holding two milk chocolate peanut butter cups, for a total net weight of 3 lb 6 oz (54 oz \/ 1.53 kg). It's a bulk case sized for a candy bowl, break room, or event, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReese's Peanut Butter Cups: 36 Individually Wrapped Packages in One Bulk Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36 individually wrapped packages\u003c\/strong\u003e — each package holds two full-size peanut butter cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 oz (42g) per package\u003c\/strong\u003e — 210 calories and 5g of protein per package\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk chocolate shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth Hershey milk chocolate coating around each cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDense peanut butter filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firmer, saltier blend than jarred peanut butter, made to hold its shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 lb 6 oz total net weight\u003c\/strong\u003e — 54 oz (1.53 kg) of product in one box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade by The Hershey Company\u003c\/strong\u003e — packaged for bulk buyers, offices, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct heat, since chocolate can soften above 77°F (25°C); it's best eaten at room temperature. Open one 1.5 oz package at a time for two full-size cups, and reseal the outer box between uses to keep the rest fresh. Contains milk, chocolate, peanuts, and soy, so check the printed package label for current allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Reese's\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReese's Peanut Butter Cups were created by H.B. Reese in 1928 and have been part of The Hershey Company since 1963. Reese's pairs a milk chocolate shell with a proprietary peanut butter blend that is drier and saltier than standard jarred peanut butter, giving the cups their shape and flavor. Browse more options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hersheyland.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehersheyland.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this Reese's bulk box contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Reese's Peanut Butter Cups contain milk, chocolate, peanuts, and soy, and they are not intended for anyone with those allergies. Formulations and allergen notices can change over time, so read the printed label on an individual package before eating if you or someone you're serving has a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this box, and does it need to stay cool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the box in a cool, dry place away from direct heat and sunlight; like any chocolate product, it can soften or melt above about 77°F (25°C). Room temperature is best for eating, since the peanut butter filling becomes firmer and harder to bite through when the cups are cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in each package, and how many packages are in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 1.5 oz (42g) package contains two full-size Peanut Butter Cups, and the box holds 36 of those packages, for a total net weight of 3 lb 6 oz (1.53 kg). That works out to 72 individual cups in one bulk box, each package individually wrapped and sealed for freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the peanut butter in Reese's the same as regular peanut butter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Reese's uses a proprietary peanut butter blend that is drier, denser, and slightly saltier than jarred peanut butter, formulated specifically to hold its shape inside the chocolate cup. The flavor and texture are noticeably different from spreading peanut butter on bread, even though peanuts are the main ingredient in both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this Reese's bulk box contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Reese's Peanut Butter Cups contain milk, chocolate, peanuts, and soy, and they are not intended for anyone with those allergies. Formulations and allergen notices can change over time, so read the printed label on an individual package before eating if you or someone you're serving has a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store this box, and does it need to stay cool?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the box in a cool, dry place away from direct heat and sunlight; like any chocolate product, it can soften or melt above about 77°F (25°C). Room temperature is best for eating, since the peanut butter filling becomes firmer and harder to bite through when the cups are cold.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many cups are in each package, and how many packages are in the box?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each 1.5 oz (42g) package contains two full-size Peanut Butter Cups, and the box holds 36 of those packages, for a total net weight of 3 lb 6 oz (1.53 kg). That works out to 72 individual cups in one bulk box, each package individually wrapped and sealed for freshness.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the peanut butter in Reese's the same as regular peanut butter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Reese's uses a proprietary peanut butter blend that is drier, denser, and slightly saltier than jarred peanut butter, formulated specifically to hold its shape inside the chocolate cup. The flavor and texture are noticeably different from spreading peanut butter on bread, even though peanuts are the main ingredient in both.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Hershey","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45773733265599,"sku":"REESES-2CUP-36CT-SINGLE","price":78.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_cecc7a07-8bfe-4a10-b701-6284b83d6b39.png?v=1782412412"},{"product_id":"snickers-bar-186oz-single-pack","title":"Snickers Bar 1.86 oz — Milk Chocolate, Peanuts, Caramel","description":"\u003cp\u003eSnickers Bar is a 1.86 oz (53 g) candy bar with four layers — nougat, caramel, roasted peanuts, and a milk chocolate coating. It is available as a Single bar or in Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSnickers: Nougat, Caramel, Peanuts, and Milk Chocolate in One Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk chocolate coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth chocolate shell around the entire bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted peanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole roasted peanuts layered on top of the caramel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaramel layer\u003c\/strong\u003e — a chewy caramel layer that holds the peanuts in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNougat base\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft nougat base underneath the caramel and peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 g protein per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — from the roasted peanuts, per the nutrition panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat; like other chocolate bars, Snickers can soften at high temperatures. Keep at room temperature — cold firms up the caramel and nougat layers, while heat can soften the chocolate coating. Read the printed wrapper for the current ingredient and allergen statement before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Wrigley is a confectionery company behind long-running American candy brands including Snickers, M\u0026amp;M's, Skittles, Starburst, and 3 Musketeers. Snickers dates back to 1930 and M\u0026amp;M's to 1941, and both are produced in the United States, including at a Mars Wrigley facility in Hackettstown, New Jersey. Snickers combines nougat, caramel, roasted peanuts, and milk chocolate in four distinct layers, a format the bar has used since it was introduced in 1930. Browse more candy in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mars.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emars.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Snickers bars gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSnickers bars are not labeled gluten free. They contain barley malt extract and are made in a facility that processes wheat. They are not suitable for people with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity. Always read the printed wrapper for the current ingredient and allergen statement before eating a bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many peanuts are in a Snickers bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exact peanut count is not listed on the wrapper, but roasted peanuts are one of the main ingredients layered on top of the caramel in every 1.86 oz bar. Peanuts appear on the ingredient list after milk chocolate and sugar. Snickers is not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Snickers and Snickers Almond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe original Snickers bar uses roasted peanuts in its caramel and nougat layers. Snickers Almond replaces the peanuts with whole almonds and has a somewhat different caramel-to-nougat balance. Both share the same milk chocolate coating and overall four-layer construction, so the main difference is the nut used and the resulting texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Snickers bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSnickers Bar is sold as a Single 1.86 oz bar, or in a Pack of 3, Pack of 6, or Pack of 10 for the same 1.86 oz bar. Choose Single for a one-off treat or the larger packs for sharing, stocking a candy bowl, or keeping a supply on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Snickers bars gluten free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Snickers bars are not labeled gluten free. They contain barley malt extract and are made in a facility that processes wheat. They are not suitable for people with celiac disease or a gluten sensitivity. Always read the printed wrapper for the current ingredient and allergen statement before eating a bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many peanuts are in a Snickers bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The exact peanut count is not listed on the wrapper, but roasted peanuts are one of the main ingredients layered on top of the caramel in every 1.86 oz bar. Peanuts appear on the ingredient list after milk chocolate and sugar. Snickers is not suitable for anyone with a peanut allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Snickers and Snickers Almond?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The original Snickers bar uses roasted peanuts in its caramel and nougat layers. Snickers Almond replaces the peanuts with whole almonds and has a somewhat different caramel-to-nougat balance. Both share the same milk chocolate coating and overall four-layer construction, so the main difference is the nut used and the resulting texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Snickers bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Snickers Bar is sold as a Single 1.86 oz bar, or in a Pack of 3, Pack of 6, or Pack of 10 for the same 1.86 oz bar. Choose Single for a one-off treat or the larger packs for sharing, stocking a candy bowl, or keeping a supply on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45773799293119,"sku":"SNICKERS-BAR-SINGLE","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45773799325887,"sku":"SNICKERS-BAR-PK3","price":9.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45773799358655,"sku":"SNICKERS-BAR-PK6","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45773799391423,"sku":"SNICKERS-BAR-PK10","price":28.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_e47638f5-1f1d-499b-b3d0-c84c6eb1b291.png?v=1782412998"},{"product_id":"skinnypop-organic-original-popcorn-14oz","title":"SkinnyPop Organic Original Popcorn 14 oz — 3 Simple Ingredients","description":"\u003cp\u003eSkinnyPop Organic Original Popcorn is a 14 oz bag made from just organic popcorn, organic sunflower oil, and sea salt, USDA Certified Organic and about 14 servings per bag, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSkinnyPop Organic Original Popcorn: 3 Ingredients, USDA Certified Organic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 simple ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — Organic Popcorn, Organic Sunflower Oil, and Sea Salt, nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSDA Certified Organic\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified organic popcorn and sunflower oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified gluten free for those avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/strong\u003e — corn and oil verified non-GMO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan \u0026amp; Kosher (U)\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for vegan and kosher diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 oz bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 14 servings of 3 cups each per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy straight from the bag as a snack, top soups, chili, or salads with a handful for crunch, or mix it into trail mix and party snack bowls. Store the bag in a cool, dry place away from heat and direct sunlight. Once opened, press the bag closed or transfer the popcorn to an airtight container to help it stay fresh and crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout SkinnyPop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkinnyPop was founded in Chicago in 2010 around a simple idea: make popcorn with as few, cleanest ingredients as possible. The Original recipe of organic popcorn, organic sunflower oil, and sea salt has stayed the same since launch, and the Organic line carries that same short ingredient list with USDA Organic sourcing. Browse more snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.skinnypop.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eskinnypop.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs SkinnyPop Organic the same as regular SkinnyPop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe flavor profile is the same Original recipe of popcorn, sunflower oil, and sea salt. The Organic version uses USDA Certified Organic popcorn and organic sunflower oil, meaning those ingredients are grown without synthetic pesticides or fertilizers. The ingredient list is structured the same way; the difference is the organic certification of the sourced ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs SkinnyPop Organic Original safe for people with nut allergies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe three listed ingredients are Organic Popcorn, Organic Sunflower Oil, and Sea Salt, with no nuts or nut-derived ingredients in the recipe. Manufacturing facility allergen notices can vary by production run, so anyone with a nut allergy should still read the printed label on the current bag before eating to confirm facility handling information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups of popcorn are in a 14 oz bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 14 oz bag contains about 14 servings of 3 cups each, or roughly 42 cups of popped popcorn in total. At 150 calories per 3-cup serving per the nutrition label, the full bag adds up to around 2,100 calories, which is useful to know when portioning it out for snacking or a party bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store SkinnyPop Organic Popcorn after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry place away from heat and direct sunlight before opening. Once opened, press the bag closed tightly or transfer the popcorn to an airtight container, since exposure to air will soften the crisp texture over time. For best quality, plan to finish an opened bag within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is SkinnyPop Organic the same as regular SkinnyPop?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The flavor profile is the same Original recipe of popcorn, sunflower oil, and sea salt. The Organic version uses USDA Certified Organic popcorn and organic sunflower oil, meaning those ingredients are grown without synthetic pesticides or fertilizers. The ingredient list is structured the same way; the difference is the organic certification of the sourced ingredients.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is SkinnyPop Organic Original safe for people with nut allergies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The three listed ingredients are Organic Popcorn, Organic Sunflower Oil, and Sea Salt, with no nuts or nut-derived ingredients in the recipe. Manufacturing facility allergen notices can vary by production run, so anyone with a nut allergy should still read the printed label on the current bag before eating to confirm facility handling information.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cups of popcorn are in a 14 oz bag?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The 14 oz bag contains about 14 servings of 3 cups each, or roughly 42 cups of popped popcorn in total. At 150 calories per 3-cup serving per the nutrition label, the full bag adds up to around 2,100 calories, which is useful to know when portioning it out for snacking or a party bowl.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store SkinnyPop Organic Popcorn after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep the bag in a cool, dry place away from heat and direct sunlight before opening. Once opened, press the bag closed tightly or transfer the popcorn to an airtight container, since exposure to air will soften the crisp texture over time. For best quality, plan to finish an opened bag within a few days.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"SkinnyPop","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45776262627519,"sku":"SKINNYPOP-ORG-14OZ-SINGLE","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45776262660287,"sku":"SKINNYPOP-ORG-14OZ-PACK3","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45776262693055,"sku":"SKINNYPOP-ORG-14OZ-PACK6","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_014752bf-bd64-40ba-a812-e3817cce70f4.png?v=1782488835"},{"product_id":"7-days-soft-baked-croissant-chocolate-filling-12-count","title":"7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Chocolate Filling 12-Count","description":"\u003cp\u003e7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Chocolate Filling is a 12-count box of individually wrapped soft croissants, each 2.65 oz (75 g), filled with a real-cocoa chocolate cream. It is a European-style bakery snack imported from Bulgaria, and every box is shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7 Days Soft Baked Croissant: Real Cocoa Chocolate Filling in a Flaky European Pastry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal cocoa chocolate filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth chocolate cream made with real cocoa, not artificial chocolate flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft baked croissant dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light, flaky European-style croissant with a tender crumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually wrapped\u003c\/strong\u003e — each of the 12 croissants is sealed in its own wrapper for freshness and easy grab-and-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.65 oz (75 g) per croissant\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 packs per box, about 31.8 oz total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct of Bulgaria\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked to European recipe standards, distributed in the US by EPTA America LLC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabeled for individual resale\u003c\/strong\u003e — each wrapped pack carries its own label, suited for lunchboxes and vending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat straight from the wrapper as a snack or quick breakfast; the croissant is ready to eat and is not meant to be microwaved. Store the box in a cool, dry place at room temperature and do not refrigerate, since cold temperatures can dry out the dough. Once a pack is opened, finish it the same day for the best texture, and check the best-before date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout 7 Days\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7 Days is a European bakery snack brand produced in Bulgaria and sold in more than 50 countries. The Soft Baked Croissant line is the brand's flagship product, made with real-cocoa and fruit fillings inside a light, flaky dough. In the United States, 7 Days products are distributed by EPTA America LLC. Browse more grab-and-go snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.7days.eu\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e7days.eu\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes 7 Days Chocolate Croissant contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Chocolate Filling contains wheat, milk, soy, and egg, and is made in a facility that may also handle sesame, peanuts, and tree nuts. Anyone with a wheat, egg, dairy, or nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the individual wrapper before eating, since label details can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo 7 Days Croissants need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissants are shelf-stable and should be kept in a cool, dry place at room temperature rather than the refrigerator, since cold can dry out and toughen the dough. Store the box away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and check the best-before date printed on the box for freshness before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Chocolate and Vanilla varieties?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth varieties use the same soft baked croissant dough and the same 2.65 oz (75 g) pack size, so the size and texture are identical. The Chocolate variety is filled with a real-cocoa chocolate cream, while the Vanilla variety uses a smooth vanilla-flavored cream. Choose based on which filling flavor you and your family prefer for snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan each 7 Days croissant be sold or eaten individually?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each of the 12 croissants in the box is individually wrapped and labeled for individual resale, so a single pack can be eaten on its own without opening the rest of the box. This makes the box convenient for lunchboxes, backpacks, and sharing, since each wrapper keeps the remaining croissants fresh and sealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does 7 Days Chocolate Croissant contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Chocolate Filling contains wheat, milk, soy, and egg, and is made in a facility that may also handle sesame, peanuts, and tree nuts. Anyone with a wheat, egg, dairy, or nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the individual wrapper before eating, since label details can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do 7 Days Croissants need to be refrigerated?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissants are shelf-stable and should be kept in a cool, dry place at room temperature rather than the refrigerator, since cold can dry out and toughen the dough. Store the box away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and check the best-before date printed on the box for freshness before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Chocolate and Vanilla varieties?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both varieties use the same soft baked croissant dough and the same 2.65 oz (75 g) pack size, so the size and texture are identical. The Chocolate variety is filled with a real-cocoa chocolate cream, while the Vanilla variety uses a smooth vanilla-flavored cream. Choose based on which filling flavor you and your family prefer for snacking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can each 7 Days croissant be sold or eaten individually?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each of the 12 croissants in the box is individually wrapped and labeled for individual resale, so a single pack can be eaten on its own without opening the rest of the box. This makes the box convenient for lunchboxes, backpacks, and sharing, since each wrapper keeps the remaining croissants fresh and sealed.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"7 Days","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45776840655039,"sku":"7DAYS-CROISSANT-CHOC-12CT-SINGLE","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_e26bb265-7978-4c5e-b8fc-53877e2b7cbb.png?v=1782492719"},{"product_id":"7-days-soft-baked-croissant-vanilla-filling-12-count","title":"7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Vanilla Filling 12-Count","description":"\u003cp\u003e7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Vanilla Filling is a 12-count box of individually wrapped soft croissants, each 2.65 oz (75 g), filled with a smooth vanilla-flavored cream. It is a European-style bakery snack imported from Bulgaria, and every box is shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7 Days Soft Baked Croissant: Smooth Vanilla Cream in a Flaky European Pastry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVanilla cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, sweet vanilla-flavored cream center, artificially flavored\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft baked croissant dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light, flaky European-style croissant with a tender crumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually wrapped\u003c\/strong\u003e — each of the 12 croissants is sealed in its own wrapper for freshness and easy grab-and-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.65 oz (75 g) per croissant\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 packs per box, about 31.8 oz total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct of Bulgaria\u003c\/strong\u003e — baked to European recipe standards, distributed in the US by EPTA America LLC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabeled for individual resale\u003c\/strong\u003e — each wrapped pack carries its own label, suited for lunchboxes and vending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat straight from the wrapper as a snack or quick breakfast; the croissant is ready to eat and is not meant to be microwaved. Store the box in a cool, dry place at room temperature and do not refrigerate, since cold temperatures can dry out the dough. Once a pack is opened, finish it the same day for the best texture, and check the best-before date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout 7 Days\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7 Days is a European bakery snack brand produced in Bulgaria and sold in more than 50 countries. The Soft Baked Croissant line is the brand's flagship product, made with flavored creams inside a light, flaky dough. In the United States, 7 Days products are distributed by EPTA America LLC. Browse more grab-and-go snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.7days.eu\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e7days.eu\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes 7 Days Vanilla Croissant contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Vanilla Filling contains wheat, milk, soy, and egg, and is made in a facility that may also handle sesame, peanuts, and tree nuts. Anyone with a wheat, egg, dairy, or nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the individual wrapper before eating, since label details can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo 7 Days Vanilla Croissants need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissants are shelf-stable and should be kept in a cool, dry place at room temperature rather than the refrigerator, since cold can dry out and toughen the dough. Store the box away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and check the best-before date printed on the box for freshness before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Vanilla and Chocolate varieties?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth varieties use the same soft baked croissant dough and the same 2.65 oz (75 g) pack size, so the size and texture are identical. The Vanilla variety is filled with a smooth, artificially flavored vanilla cream, while the Chocolate variety uses a real-cocoa chocolate cream. Choose based on which filling flavor you and your family prefer for snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan each 7 Days Vanilla croissant be sold or eaten individually?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each of the 12 croissants in the box is individually wrapped and labeled for individual resale, so a single pack can be eaten on its own without opening the rest of the box. This makes the box convenient for lunchboxes, backpacks, and sharing, since each wrapper keeps the remaining croissants fresh and sealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does 7 Days Vanilla Croissant contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissant with Vanilla Filling contains wheat, milk, soy, and egg, and is made in a facility that may also handle sesame, peanuts, and tree nuts. Anyone with a wheat, egg, dairy, or nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the individual wrapper before eating, since label details can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do 7 Days Vanilla Croissants need to be refrigerated?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. 7 Days Soft Baked Croissants are shelf-stable and should be kept in a cool, dry place at room temperature rather than the refrigerator, since cold can dry out and toughen the dough. Store the box away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and check the best-before date printed on the box for freshness before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Vanilla and Chocolate varieties?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both varieties use the same soft baked croissant dough and the same 2.65 oz (75 g) pack size, so the size and texture are identical. The Vanilla variety is filled with a smooth, artificially flavored vanilla cream, while the Chocolate variety uses a real-cocoa chocolate cream. Choose based on which filling flavor you and your family prefer for snacking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can each 7 Days Vanilla croissant be sold or eaten individually?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each of the 12 croissants in the box is individually wrapped and labeled for individual resale, so a single pack can be eaten on its own without opening the rest of the box. This makes the box convenient for lunchboxes, backpacks, and sharing, since each wrapper keeps the remaining croissants fresh and sealed.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"7 Days","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45776937779391,"sku":"7DAYS-CROISSANT-VAN-12CT-SINGLE","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_83d8b57e-09c2-45dc-a6d3-546dd7066295.png?v=1782492749"},{"product_id":"barebells-cookies-cream-protein-bar-194-oz","title":"Barebells Cookies \u0026 Cream Protein Bar 1.94 oz (55g) – 20g Protein, No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003eBarebells Cookies \u0026amp; Cream Protein Bar is a 1.94 oz (55g) bar with 20g of protein, 0g added sugar, and 200 calories, wrapped in a rich chocolate coating around a creamy cookies and cream filling. It is available as a Single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBarebells Cookies \u0026amp; Cream Protein Bar: 20g Protein, No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20g protein per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0g added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweetened with sucralose instead of cane sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 calories per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits most macro-tracking and portion-controlled snacking plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRich chocolate coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — wraps a creamy cookies and cream filling in every bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains milk and soybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured in Croatia or the United States — check the printed label for the specific batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy straight from the wrapper as a between-meal snack or post-workout bite — no preparation needed. Store the bar at room temperature and eat it within the date printed on the wrapper. Consume in moderation, as sugar alcohols in the formula may have a laxative effect if eaten in excess; this is not a low-calorie food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Barebells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBarebells is a Swedish functional food brand distributed in the US through Barebells Functional Foods LLC, based in Marina Del Rey, California. The brand is built around protein bars styled after candy and dessert flavors rather than traditional chalky protein bars. The Cookies \u0026amp; Cream bar pairs a milk protein blend with a cookies-and-cream filling for a dessert-style flavor. Browse more high-protein snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.barebells.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebarebells.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Cream contain added sugar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This bar has 0g added sugar and is instead sweetened with sucralose, a non-caloric sweetener. Because sweetness comes from sucralose rather than cane sugar, the bar can fit into diets that specifically track or limit added sugar intake, though it is still a treat-style snack rather than a low-calorie food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and eat a Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Cream bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar at room temperature in its original wrapper, away from heat and direct sunlight, and eat it before the date printed on the label. No preparation is needed — simply unwrap and eat it as a snack or post-workout bite. Once opened, finish the bar in one sitting since it is single-serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Cookies \u0026amp; Cream compare to other Barebells protein bar flavors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCookies \u0026amp; Cream delivers a chocolate coating around a creamy filling with a cookies-and-cream taste, while other Barebells flavors like Caramel Cashew or Peanut Butter lean nutty instead of dessert-style. All standard Barebells bars share the same 20g protein, 0g added sugar formula, so flavor preference is the main difference between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Cream contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk and soybeans and is manufactured in a facility that also processes eggs, tree nuts, peanuts, sesame, and wheat. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed label on the wrapper before eating, since manufacturing location and facility allergen notices can vary between production batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThese statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Barebells Cookies \u0026 Cream contain added sugar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This bar has 0g added sugar and is instead sweetened with sucralose, a non-caloric sweetener. Because sweetness comes from sucralose rather than cane sugar, the bar can fit into diets that specifically track or limit added sugar intake, though it is still a treat-style snack rather than a low-calorie food.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and eat a Barebells Cookies \u0026 Cream bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar at room temperature in its original wrapper, away from heat and direct sunlight, and eat it before the date printed on the label. No preparation is needed — simply unwrap and eat it as a snack or post-workout bite. Once opened, finish the bar in one sitting since it is single-serve.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does Cookies \u0026 Cream compare to other Barebells protein bar flavors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Cookies \u0026 Cream delivers a chocolate coating around a creamy filling with a cookies-and-cream taste, while other Barebells flavors like Caramel Cashew or Peanut Butter lean nutty instead of dessert-style. All standard Barebells bars share the same 20g protein, 0g added sugar formula, so flavor preference is the main difference between them.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Barebells Cookies \u0026 Cream contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk and soybeans and is manufactured in a facility that also processes eggs, tree nuts, peanuts, sesame, and wheat. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed label on the wrapper before eating, since manufacturing location and facility allergen notices can vary between production batches.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Barebells","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45828967661759,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCREAM-194OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45828967694527,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCREAM-194OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45828967727295,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCREAM-194OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45828967760063,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCREAM-194OZ-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_6363ab12-d796-407a-8527-16473a4ad8df.png?v=1783511190"},{"product_id":"barebells-caramel-cashew-protein-bar-1-94-oz-55g-20g-protein-no-added-sugar","title":"Barebells Caramel Cashew Protein Bar 1.94 oz (55g) – 20g Protein, No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003eBarebells Caramel Cashew Protein Bar is a 1.94 oz (55g) bar with 20g of protein, 0g added sugar, and 200 calories, built around roasted cashew pieces and a smooth caramel filling coated in chocolate. It is available as a Single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBarebells Caramel Cashew Protein Bar: 20g Protein, Roasted Cashews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20g protein per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0g added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweetened with sucralose and sugar alcohols, including maltitol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 calories per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits most macro-tracking and portion-controlled snacking plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted cashew pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — add crunch and nutty flavor throughout the bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains milk, cashews, and peanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured in Croatia or the United States — check the printed label for the specific batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy straight from the wrapper as a between-meal snack or post-workout bite — no preparation needed. Store the bar at room temperature and eat it within the date printed on the wrapper. Consume in moderation, as the maltitol content may have a laxative effect if eaten in excess; this is not a low-calorie food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Barebells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBarebells is a Swedish functional food brand distributed in the US through Barebells Functional Foods LLC, based in Marina Del Rey, California. The brand is built around protein bars styled after candy and dessert flavors rather than traditional chalky protein bars. The Caramel Cashew bar combines roasted cashew pieces with a caramel filling for a nutty, dessert-style flavor. Browse more high-protein snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.barebells.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebarebells.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Barebells Caramel Cashew contain peanuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar lists peanut paste alongside roasted cashew pieces in the ingredients, and it also contains milk. Anyone with a peanut, tree nut, or dairy allergy should avoid this bar and read the printed label carefully, since ingredient sourcing and facility allergen notices can change between production runs of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein does one Barebells Caramel Cashew bar provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 1.94 oz (55g) bar delivers 20g of protein, roughly 38 percent of the recommended daily value, sourced from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate. That protein content, paired with the roasted cashew crunch, is what sets this flavor apart from Barebells' fruitier or dessert-style bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there added sugar in Barebells Caramel Cashew?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This bar contains 0g added sugar, with total sugars at about 1g per bar. Sweetness instead comes from sucralose and the sugar alcohol maltitol, which is why the label notes that eating several bars in one sitting may have a mild laxative effect for some people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Barebells Caramel Cashew contain other allergens beyond cashews and peanuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Beyond milk, cashews, and peanuts, the bar is manufactured in a facility that also processes eggs, tree nuts, sesame seeds, cereals containing gluten, soybeans, and wheat. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient label on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can vary by batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThese statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Barebells Caramel Cashew contain peanuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar lists peanut paste alongside roasted cashew pieces in the ingredients, and it also contains milk. Anyone with a peanut, tree nut, or dairy allergy should avoid this bar and read the printed label carefully, since ingredient sourcing and facility allergen notices can change between production runs of the product.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much protein does one Barebells Caramel Cashew bar provide?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each 1.94 oz (55g) bar delivers 20g of protein, roughly 38 percent of the recommended daily value, sourced from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate. That protein content, paired with the roasted cashew crunch, is what sets this flavor apart from Barebells' fruitier or dessert-style bars.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there added sugar in Barebells Caramel Cashew?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This bar contains 0g added sugar, with total sugars at about 1g per bar. Sweetness instead comes from sucralose and the sugar alcohol maltitol, which is why the label notes that eating several bars in one sitting may have a mild laxative effect for some people.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Barebells Caramel Cashew contain other allergens beyond cashews and peanuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Beyond milk, cashews, and peanuts, the bar is manufactured in a facility that also processes eggs, tree nuts, sesame seeds, cereals containing gluten, soybeans, and wheat. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient label on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can vary by batch.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Barebells","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45828985159871,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CARAMELCASHEW-194OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45828985192639,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CARAMELCASHEW-194OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45828985225407,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CARAMELCASHEW-194OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45828985258175,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CARAMELCASHEW-194OZ-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_f90a3de4-ef59-4f57-a7aa-8425b72ffbc1.png?v=1783513767"},{"product_id":"barebells-cookies-caramel-protein-bar-1-94-oz-55g-20g-protein-no-added-sugar","title":"Barebells Cookies \u0026 Caramel Protein Bar 1.94 oz (55g) – 20g Protein, No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003eBarebells Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel Protein Bar is a 1.94 oz (55g) bar with 20g of protein, 0g added sugar, and 210 calories, combining a cookies and caramel filling in a rich chocolate coating. It is available as a Single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBarebells Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel Protein Bar: 20g Protein, No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20g protein per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0g added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweetened with sucralose and sugar alcohols, including maltitol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e210 calories per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits most macro-tracking and portion-controlled snacking plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookies and caramel filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — pairs a caramel layer with cookie flavor under a chocolate coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains milk and soybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured in Croatia or the United States — check the printed label for the specific batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy straight from the wrapper as a between-meal snack or post-workout bite — no preparation needed. Store the bar at room temperature and eat it within the date printed on the wrapper. Consume in moderation, as the maltitol content may have a laxative effect if eaten in excess; this is not a low-calorie food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Barebells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBarebells is a Swedish functional food brand distributed in the US through Barebells Functional Foods LLC, based in Marina Del Rey, California. The brand is built around protein bars styled after candy and dessert flavors rather than traditional chalky protein bars. The Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel bar layers caramel and cookie flavor for a dessert-style bar under a rich chocolate coating. Browse more high-protein snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.barebells.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebarebells.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ingredient list for this bar does not include a gluten-containing ingredient, but it is manufactured in a facility that also processes tree nuts, peanuts, sesame, and eggs, and cross-contact with gluten-containing lines is possible. It is not labeled gluten-free, so anyone with celiac disease should check the current printed label before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein does one Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel bar provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 1.94 oz (55g) bar delivers 20g of protein, roughly 37 percent of the recommended daily value, from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate. That protein level is consistent with most standard Barebells bars, aside from the lower-protein Soft bar line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel contain added sugar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This bar contains 0g added sugar. Sweetness instead comes from sucralose along with the sugar alcohol maltitol, which is why the label notes that eating several bars at once may cause a mild laxative effect for some people. It is a treat-style snack rather than a low-calorie food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Barebells Cookies \u0026amp; Caramel contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk and soybeans and is manufactured in a facility that also processes eggs, tree nuts, peanuts, and sesame seeds. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed label on the wrapper before eating, since manufacturing location and facility allergen notices can vary between production batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThese statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Barebells Cookies \u0026 Caramel gluten-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ingredient list for this bar does not include a gluten-containing ingredient, but it is manufactured in a facility that also processes tree nuts, peanuts, sesame, and eggs, and cross-contact with gluten-containing lines is possible. It is not labeled gluten-free, so anyone with celiac disease should check the current printed label before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much protein does one Barebells Cookies \u0026 Caramel bar provide?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each 1.94 oz (55g) bar delivers 20g of protein, roughly 37 percent of the recommended daily value, from a milk protein blend of calcium caseinate, whey protein concentrate, and whey protein isolate. That protein level is consistent with most standard Barebells bars, aside from the lower-protein Soft bar line.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Barebells Cookies \u0026 Caramel contain added sugar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This bar contains 0g added sugar. Sweetness instead comes from sucralose along with the sugar alcohol maltitol, which is why the label notes that eating several bars at once may cause a mild laxative effect for some people. It is a treat-style snack rather than a low-calorie food.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Barebells Cookies \u0026 Caramel contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk and soybeans and is manufactured in a facility that also processes eggs, tree nuts, peanuts, and sesame seeds. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed label on the wrapper before eating, since manufacturing location and facility allergen notices can vary between production batches.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Barebells","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45828996333759,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCARAMEL-194OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45828996366527,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCARAMEL-194OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45828996399295,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCARAMEL-194OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45828996432063,"sku":"BAREBELLS-COOKIESCARAMEL-194OZ-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_c438b6c7-ab04-4e13-af1e-e6168620d45c.png?v=1783514400"},{"product_id":"barebells-creamy-crisp-protein-bar-1-94-oz-55g-20g-protein-no-added-sugar","title":"Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar 1.94 oz (55g) – 20g Protein, No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003eBarebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar is a 1.94 oz (55 g) protein bar with 20 grams of protein and no added sugar, layered with fluffy nougat, a caramel center, and crispy chocolate puffs, available as a Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, or Pack of 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBarebells Creamy Crisp: 20g Protein Bar With No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20g protein per bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — with only 200 calories, per the printed nutrition label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweetened with sucralose; 1g total sugars per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayered texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — fluffy nougat base, a caramel center, and crispy chocolate puffs on top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with natural and artificial flavors, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains milk and soy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced in Croatia or the United States — read the label on your wrapper for the exact facility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily snacking or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnwrap and eat one Barebells Creamy Crisp bar as a between-meal snack or a post-workout refuel — no preparation is needed. Eat it in moderation, since the maltitol and sucralose used to cut added sugar can have a laxative effect if you eat several bars at once, and it is not intended as a low-calorie meal replacement. Store the bar at room temperature in its original wrapper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Barebells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBarebells is a Swedish sports nutrition brand distributed globally through Barebells Functional Foods LLC, Marina Del Rey, Los Angeles, CA. The brand is known for making protein bars that taste like a candy bar without added sugar, and it has built a loyal following among athletes and everyday snackers who want a high-protein option that still tastes rich and sweet. Browse more high-protein snacks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.barebells.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebarebells.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar contain any allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk and soybeans and is manufactured in a facility that also processes wheat, gluten, peanuts, sesame, tree nuts, and eggs. Read the printed label before eating if you or someone you are serving has a food allergy, since facility handling can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein is in each Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 1.94 oz (55 g) bar delivers 20 grams of protein with only 200 calories and no added sugar, per the printed nutrition label, making it a convenient high-protein snack for an active lifestyle. This makes it a convenient grab-and-go option whether you are refueling after a workout or topping up protein between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCheck the printed label on the wrapper you receive. Barebells bars are produced at facilities in Croatia or the United States depending on the production run, and the back of the wrapper always states the exact country of manufacture for that batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I eat the Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bar needs no preparation — unwrap it and eat it as a between-meal snack or a post-workout refuel. It is best eaten in moderation, since the sucralose and sugar alcohols used to keep it sugar-free can have a laxative effect if you eat several bars at once, and it is not intended as a low-calorie meal replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThese statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar contain any allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk and soybeans and is manufactured in a facility that also processes wheat, gluten, peanuts, sesame, tree nuts, and eggs. Read the printed label before eating if you or someone you are serving has a food allergy, since facility handling can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much protein is in each Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each 1.94 oz (55 g) bar delivers 20 grams of protein with only 200 calories and no added sugar, per the printed nutrition label, making it a convenient high-protein snack for an active lifestyle. This makes it a convenient grab-and-go option whether you are refueling after a workout or topping up protein between meals.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is the Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Check the printed label on the wrapper you receive. Barebells bars are produced at facilities in Croatia or the United States depending on the production run, and the back of the wrapper always states the exact country of manufacture for that batch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I eat the Barebells Creamy Crisp Protein Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bar needs no preparation — unwrap it and eat it as a between-meal snack or a post-workout refuel. It is best eaten in moderation, since the sucralose and sugar alcohols used to keep it sugar-free can have a laxative effect if you eat several bars at once, and it is not intended as a low-calorie meal replacement.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Barebells","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45829142216895,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CREAMYCRISP-55G-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45829142249663,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CREAMYCRISP-55G-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45829142282431,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CREAMYCRISP-55G-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45829142315199,"sku":"BAREBELLS-CREAMYCRISP-55G-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_4f52680f-cbae-4fa4-a5de-4dc2b2704683.png?v=1783516186"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/collections\/sg1.jpg?v=1783092686","url":"https:\/\/realprimedeals.com\/collections\/snack-foods.oembed?page=8","provider":"Real Prime Deals","version":"1.0","type":"link"}